CHAPTER 1 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Accountants, architects, and attorneys are among professional people who excel at managing projects yet never have the title of project manager. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) The Project Management Institute has a certification for project managers known as Project Management Professional (PMP). ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) Project management is equally useful in ongoing, routine work as well as unique, onetime initiatives, because of its flexibility. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) The fact that projects are not confined to a single department but may involve several departments and professionals is a defining characteristic of projects. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) Specific time, cost, and performance requirements are among the characteristics that separate project management from other endeavors of the organization. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) Project management is a skill set that is transferable across most businesses and professions and is critical to many careers.
Version 1
1
⊚ ⊚
true false
7) For construction companies that build many buildings, all buildings built after the first do not fit the definition of a project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) As specified in a project life cycle, the first stage in the life cycle of a project is the concept stage. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) Programs are processes designed to accomplish goals that are common to a program over time. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) Project management is generally restricted to specialists because of the requirement for in-depth expertise. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) Agile PM is incremental, iterative development and delivery whereas traditional PM does not deliver nor elicit feedback from the customer until the project is nearly complete. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) One of the most significant driving forces behind the demand for project management is the ever increasing lengthening of the product life cycle.
Version 1
2
⊚ ⊚
true false
13) Project management appears to be ideally suited for a business environment requiring accountability, flexibility, innovation and repeatability. ⊚ ⊚
true false
14) At first glance, project managers perform the same functions as other managers. That is, they plan, schedule, motivate and control. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) The modus operandi (method) used for implementing organizational strategy is through projects. ⊚ ⊚
16)
true false
Project management skills are not needed in small projects within large organizations. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) The technical dimensions of project management is primarily what successful project managers focus on, specifically planning, scheduling, and controlling projects. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) The sociocultural dimension of project management includes managing relationships, motivating team members and negotiating project terms.
Version 1
3
⊚ ⊚
19)
A major driver of project management is small business development, among others. ⊚ ⊚
20)
true false
true false
Project management is critically significant only for the electronics industry. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) The individual principles of project management are considered universal and applicable across most businesses and professions. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) Contrary to on-going duties and responsibilities of customary jobs, projects have a defined endpoint. ⊚ ⊚
23)
true false
Projects typically require the combined efforts of a variety of experts and specialists. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 24) Which of the following choices is a professional organization for project managers?
Version 1
4
A) B) C) D) E)
25)
Which of the choices listed below is NOT considered to be a characteristic of a project? A) B) C) D) E)
26)
Developing a new software program Designing a space station Preparing the site for the Olympic Games Production of automobile tires Developing a new advertising program
Which of the following activities is the best example of a project? A) B) C) D) E)
28)
An established objective A clear beginning and end Specific time, cost and performance requirements For internal use only Something never been done by a particular company before
Which of the choices listed below is NOT considered a project? A) B) C) D) E)
27)
PMI. AMA. MIS. IPM. PMBOK.
Processing insurance claims Producing automobiles Writing a policy manual Monitoring product quality Overseeing customer requests
Which of the following is NOT one of the stages of a project life cycle?
Version 1
5
A) B) C) D) E)
Identifying Defining Planning Executing Closing
29) In which stage of the project life cycle are project objectives established, teams formed, and major responsibilities assigned? A) B) C) D) E)
Identifying Defining Planning Executing Closing
30) In which stage of the project life cycle is a major portion of the actual project work performed? A) B) C) D) E)
Identifying Defining Planning Executing Closing
31) In which stage of the project life cycle are you more likely to find status reports, changes, and the creation of forecasts? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Identifying Defining Planning Executing Closing
6
32)
In which stage of the project life cycle is the project’s schedule and budget determined? A) B) C) D) E)
Identifying Defining Planning Executing Closing
33) In which stage of the project life cycle is the product of the project delivered to the customer and resources are released from the project? A) B) C) D) E)
34)
Identifying Defining Planning Executing Closing
Which of the following is NOT typical of a project manager? A) B) C) D) E)
Managing a temporary activity Overseeing existing operations Managing a nonrepetitive activity Responsible for time, cost and performance trade-offs Work with a group of outsiders, including vendors and suppliers
35) Which of the following is NOT one of the driving forces behind the increasing demand for project management?
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
Compression of the product life cycle Knowledge explosion Increasing need for concurrent multi-project management Declining need for product customization More sustainable business practices
36) Project management is ideally suited for a business environment requiring all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
Accountability. Flexibility. Innovation. Speed. Repeatability.
37) Which dimension of project management centers on creating a temporary social system within a larger organizational environment that combines the talents of a divergent set of professionals working to complete the project? A) B) C) D) E)
38)
Communication Sociocultural Social Technical Scheduling
Which of the following statements is true?
Version 1
8
A) B) strategies. C) D) E)
39) they
Project management is far from a standard way of doing business. Project management is increasingly contributing to achieving organizational Project management is being used at a consistent percentage of a firm's efforts. Project management is a specialty that few organizations have access to. All of these statements are false.
People who are part of the project team need to understand project management because
A) Work with others to create a schedule and budget. B) Need to understand project priorities so they can make independent decisions. C) Need to be able to monitor and report project progress. D) Need to understand the project charter or scope statement that defines the objectives and parameters of the project. E) All of these are reasons it is important for project team members to understand project management.
40)
The two dimensions within project management processes are A) B) C) D) E)
41)
Technical and sociocultural. Cost and time. Planned and unexpected. Established and new. Unique and reoccurring.
Which of these is NOT part of the "technical dimension" of project management?
Version 1
9
A) B) C) D) E)
42)
WBS Budgets Problem solving Schedules Status reports
Which of these is NOT part of the "sociocultural dimension" of project management? A) B) C) D) E)
Negotiation Resource allocation Managing customer expectations Leadership Dealing with politics
43) Which of the following is NOT a reason why project management has become a standard way of doing business? A) B) C) D) E)
44)
Increased need for skilled management of stakeholders outside of organization. Projects need to be done faster. Organizations are doing more project work in-house instead of outsourcing. Organizations are executing more and more projects. Increased product complexity and innovation.
Which of the following is typically the responsibility of a project manager? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Meeting budget requirements Meeting schedule requirements Meeting performance specifications Coordinating the actions of the team members All of these are typical responsibilities
10
45) A series of coordinated, related, multiple projects that continue over an extended time period and are intended to achieve a goal is known as a A) B) C) D) E)
46)
Strategy. Program. Campaign. Crusade. Venture.
Which of the following is NOT true about project management?
A) It is not limited to the private sector. B) Many opportunities are available for individuals interested in this career path. C) It improves one's ability to plan, implement and manage activities to accomplish specific organizational objectives. D) It focuses primarily on technical processes. E) It is a set of tools.
47) As the number of small projects increase within an organization's portfolio, what is a challenge an organization faces? A) B) C) D) E)
48)
Sharing resources Measuring efficiency Managing risk Prioritizing projects All of these are challenges
Which of the following is a good example of a program?
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
49)
Which of the following represents the correct order of stages within the project life cycle? A) B) C) D) E)
50)
building relationships. including a diverse set of talent. maintenance operations. building relationships and including a diverse set of talent. extensive testing only.
A project does not include A) B) C) D) E)
52)
Planning, Defining, Executing, Closing Closing, Planning, Defining, Executing Defining, Planning, Executing, Closing Executing, Defining, Planning, Closing Planning, Defining, Closing, Executing
Project Management is a style that places a premium on A) B) C) D) E)
51)
Planting a garden Developing a new residential area that includes six custom homes Developing a new marketing plan Taking notes each class meeting to prepare for the final Planning a wedding
unique elements. a specific objective. repetitive, same or similar work. creating a new product or service. developing a new process.
A project life cycle
Version 1
12
A) B) C) D) E)
53)
Project Managers are A) B) C) D) E)
54)
ultimately responsible for performance. not timid. a direct link to the customer. able to multitask. all of these.
Project management is being driven by A) B) C) D) E)
55)
will only ever consist of four phases. must be dogmatically followed. reduces the amount of planning necessary. can vary based on the industry. will always have a phase called ‘visioning’.
elevated profit motive. knowledge explosion. increased customer focus. more projects being done in-house. knowledge explosion and increased customer focus.
Project management is not limited to the __________ sector. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
universal private global international business and government
13
56) A project life cycle is characterized as made up of stages. The initial stage in the project life cycle is the __________ stage. A) B) C) D) E)
conceptual closing defining planning executing
57) A project life cycle is characterized as made up of stages. The final stage in the project life cycle is the __________ stage. A) B) C) D) E)
conceptual closing defining planning executing
58) Like many other professions such as accounting, marketing and finance, there is a professional organization for project managers. One professional organization for project managers has grown from 93,000 in 2002 to more than 565,000 currently and is the ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
Institute for Project Managers Society for Project Professionals and Project Managers Organization for Project Managers and Professionals Project Management Institute (PMI) The Union of Project Professionals
59) A project life cycle is characterized as made up of stages. A major part of the project work, both physical and mental, takes place in the ___________ stage of the project life cycle.
Version 1
14
A) B) C) D) E)
conceptual closing defining planning executing
60) Any project life cycle is made up of stages. The project's schedule and budget will be determined in the ___________ stage of the project life cycle. A) B) C) D) E)
conceptual closing defining planning executing
61) This first chapter introduced some of the most rudimentary aspects of the discipline, including definitions. A temporary endeavor undertaken to create a unique product, service, or result is a(n) _________. A) B) C) D) E)
project activity task undertaking All of these.
62) The product life cycle must be understood as totally different from the project life cycle. In today's high-tech industries the product life cycle is averaging _________ to 3 years.
Version 1
15
A) B) C) D) E)
1 year 6 months 18 months 3 months 9 months
63) For companies of moderate-to-large size, it is not unusual to have hundreds of small projects ongoing concurrently. The advent of many small projects has created the need for an organization that can support __________ management. A) B) C) D) E)
multi-project program concurrent portfolio product
64) In today’s customer-focused organizations, the customer is recognized as the final authority of what constitutes quality. Nevertheless, customer tastes and feature preferences vary from customer to customer. Increased competition has placed a premium on customer satisfaction and the development of __________ products and services. A) B) C) D) E)
unique quality customized creative consistent
65) Project managers employ lots of useful tools, many supported by software. WBS, schedules, and budgets are tools taken from the _________ dimension of the project management process.
Version 1
16
A) B) C) D) E)
sociocultural soft skills technical tools planning
66) Project managers must have many competencies, among them leadership, teamwork and negotiation. Leadership, teamwork, and negotiation are examples of the _________ dimension of the project management process. A) B) C) D) E)
67)
sociocultural soft skills technical tools planning
A professional organization for project managers is the ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
Project Management Institute (PMI) Institute for Project Managers Society for Project Professionals and Project Managers Organization for Project Managers and Professionals The Union of Project Professionals
68) One of the defining characteristics of a project is that it has a singular purpose, i.e., an established ________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
vision objective goal mission purpose
17
69) Because projects have a defined beginning and end, the ________ is frequently used to manage the transitions of a project from start to completion. A) B) C) D) E)
product life cycle project life cycle development life cycle transition life cycle completion life cycle
70) The establishment of project goals, specifications, and responsibilities usually occurs in the ________ stage of project life cycle. A) B) C) D) E)
defining planning executing conceptual closing
71) Training the customer, releasing staff and resources occurs in the ________ stage of project life cycle. A) B) C) D) E)
defining planning executing conceptual closing
72) Project managers are expected to ensure that appropriate trade-offs are made between the time, cost, and __________ requirements of the project.
Version 1
18
A) B) C) D) E)
performance quality specifications functional scope
73) Life cycles are used to characterize how things change over time. The _____________ typically passes sequentially through four stages. A) B) C) D) E)
product life cycle project life cycle development life cycle transition life cycle completion life cycle
74) An increase in the complexity of projects, because projects typically include the latest advances, can be the result of a growth in new __________. A) B) C) D) E)
products knowledge services products and services processes
75) A(n) _________ is a series of coordinated, related multiple projects that continue over an extended time intended to achieve a goal. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
program portfolio product family process folder
19
76)
Agile PM is appropriate when _______. A) B) C) D) E)
project scope is unknown or unstable the technology to be used is well known the project scope is well known the processes to be used are well known projects of this type have been done many times before
77) Traditional project management focuses on thorough planning up front. Such planning requires ____. A) B) C) D) E)
thoroughness a planning schedule predictability a planning budget All of these alternatives are correct
78) When the project scope and/or technology are not fully known or stable, the best choice of method for such projects is A) B) C) D) E)
traditional project management. plan-driven project management. schedule-driven project management. agile-driven project management. budget-driven project management.
79) Agile project management involves ____ whereas traditional project management involves _______.
Version 1
20
A) B) C) D) E)
80)
Projects with high predictability are said to have ____. A) B) C) D) E)
81)
iterative and incremental delivery, upfront planning with high predictability high certainty, projects with unstable scope high uncertainty, projects with unknown requirements known and stable scope, unknown requirements projects with high predictability, project with unknown or unstable requirements
unknown or unstable scope unknown or unstable requirements the best circumstances for use of traditional project management the best circumstances for use of agile project management iterative and incremental delivery
Iterative and incremental delivery means ______.
A) the project uses the traditional method of project management B) the entire project product or service is delivered all at once at the end of the project C) the project documentation is completed and delivered after each milestone D) the components or features of the project product or service are delivered one at a time throughout the duration of the project E) product functionality is delivered all at once at the end of the project
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 82) Compare and contrast the Product Life Cycle and Project Life Cycle.
83)
Identify the five major characteristics of a project.
Version 1
21
84)
Identify and briefly describe the four stages of a project life cycle.
85) "Project managers perform the same functions as other managers." Agree or disagree, and support your decision.
86)
Identify and briefly describe the five current drivers of project management.
87) Even if you never aspire to be a "project manager," why is it important to know how to manage projects effectively? Explain your answer and use an example to support your answer.
88) Identify and briefly discuss the two key dimensions of managing actual projects. Explain why both are important to successfully manage a project. Use an example to support your answer.
Version 1
22
89)
What are the major differences between managing a process and managing a project?
90) Describe what it means that a project manager must work with a diverse group of characters?
91)
What is the difference between a project and a program?
Version 1
23
Answer Key Test name: Chap 01_8e 1) TRUE 2) TRUE 3) FALSE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) FALSE 8) FALSE 9) FALSE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) FALSE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) TRUE 16) FALSE 17) FALSE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) A 25) D 26) D Version 1
24
27) C 28) A 29) B 30) D 31) D 32) C 33) E 34) B 35) D 36) E 37) B 38) B 39) E 40) A 41) C 42) B 43) C 44) E 45) B 46) D 47) E 48) B 49) C 50) D 51) C 52) D 53) E 54) E 55) B 56) C Version 1
25
57) B 58) D 59) E 60) D 61) A 62) B 63) A 64) C 65) C 66) A 67) A 68) B 69) B 70) A 71) E 72) A 73) B 74) B 75) A 76) A 77) C 78) D 79) A 80) C 81) D 82) The Product Life Cycle deals with the time it takes to develop a product and the time it remains in the marketplace. The Project Life Cycle is the stages that a new product goes through while being developed.
Version 1
26
83) (1) An established objective; (2) A defined life span with a beginning and end; (3) Usually the involvement of several departments and professionals; (4) Typically, doing something that has never been done before; (5) Specific time, cost and performance requirements. 84) Defining stage: goals, specifications and objectives established; Planning stage: schedules, budgets, risks management and resource assignment; Executing stage: majority of physical and mental work, status reports, changes and forecasts; Closing stage: train customer, transfer documents, release resources, and lessons learned. 85) Many of the same basic management functions are performed by project managers; however, there are aspects of the project manager's job that make it unique. For example, they manage temporary, nonrepetitive activities to complete a fixed life project. 86) (1) Compression of the product life cycle; (2) Knowledge explosion; (3). Triple bottom line; (4) Increased customer focus; (5) Small projects represent big problems. 87) Even if you have no desire to be a project manager you may be a part of a project team where you will have a better understanding of the processes involved. In addition, there are many project management skills that can be applied to other professions and industries. 88) The technical includes schedules and status reports. The sociocultural dimension includes leadership, problem solving and negotiation. 89) At first glance project managers perform the same functions as other managers. That is, they plan, schedule, and control. However, what makes them unique is that they manage temporary, non-repetitive activities to complete a fixed life project.
Version 1
27
90) Project managers manage the tension between customer expectations and what is feasible and reasonable. They provide direction, coordination, and integration to the project team. They often must work with a diverse group of outsiders—vendors, suppliers, subcontractors— who do not necessarily share their project allegiance. 91) The terms are often used interchangeably in business; however, a program is considered to be a series of coordinated, related, and multiple projects that continue over an extended time intended to achieve a goal.
Version 1
28
CHAPTER 2 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Project management historically has been preoccupied solely with the planning and execution of projects while strategy was under the purview of senior management. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) Intermittent and infrequent scanning of the external environment is required when managing organization strategy. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) A written mission statement provides focus for decision making when shared by organizational managers and employees. ⊚ ⊚
4)
true false
Project managers should not engage in organizational politics. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) Organizational objectives set targets for all levels of the organization not just for top management. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) Mission statements typically change frequently, responding to changes in the external environment. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7) Strategy formulation ends with cascading objectives or projects assigned to lower divisions, departments, or individuals. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) If a proposed project does not meet one of the designated "must" objectives it should be immediately removed from consideration. ⊚ ⊚
9)
The assessment of the external and internal environments is called the SWOT analysis. ⊚ ⊚
10)
true false
Objectives should be specific, marketable, assignable, realistic, and time related. ⊚ ⊚
11)
true false
true false
Strategy is implemented through projects. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) Many organizations have three different kinds of projects in their portfolio: compliance, operational, and sacred cows. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
2
13) The first step in the Strategic Management Process is to set long-range goals and objectives. ⊚ ⊚
true false
14) One benefit of project portfolio management is that it can justify killing a project that doesn't support organization strategy. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) Opportunities and threats can be viewed as flip sides of each other; that is, a threat can be viewed as an opportunity, and vice versa. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) The information gap refers to the lack of understanding and consensus of organization strategy among top and middle-level managers. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) One way to offset the influence of politics on project management within an organization is to have a well-defined project selection model. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) Studies have shown that companies using predominantly financial criteria to prioritize projects yield unbalanced portfolios and projects that aren't strategically aligned. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
19) Generally, people working on several projects at the same time are more efficient than people working full-time on one project. ⊚ ⊚
20)
true false
The NPV financial model measures the time it will take to recover the project investment. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) A proposed project that ranks high on most criteria may not be selected because the organization's portfolio already includes too many projects with the same characteristics. ⊚ ⊚
22)
Multi-weighted scoring models include only quantitative criteria, not qualitative. ⊚ ⊚
23)
true false
true false
Restricting project proposals within an organization may lead to missed opportunities. ⊚ ⊚
true false
24) In the phase gate model, a ‘gate’ is a point in time at which a decision about whether to cancel or continue with the project is made. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 25) Which of the following is NOT true about an organization's strategy?
Version 1
4
A) B) C) D) E)
26)
A project selection process that is strongly linked to strategy results in A) B) C) D) E)
27)
Strategy determines how an organization will compete. Strategy is implemented through projects. Only top management must understand strategy. Project selection should be clearly aligned with strategy. Project management plays a key role in supporting strategy.
the most profit. better utilization of the organization's resources. more projects. a larger and more diverse organization. stronger core competencies.
Which of the following is NOT true about organizational politics? A) B) C) D) E)
Project managers should not engage in organizational politics. Politics can have a significant influence on which projects receive funding. Politics exist in every organization. Politics can influence project selection. Politics can play a role in the aspirations behind projects.
28) Which of the following terms is often used to denote a project that a powerful, highranking official is advocating? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Sacred cow Pet project Political necessity Special undertaking Strategic ploy
5
29)
Why do project managers need to understand their organization's mission and strategy?
A) To reduce project duration and increase the number of projects implemented B) So they can make appropriate decisions and adjustments and be effective project advocates C) It is only important for senior management to understand the organization's mission and strategy D) To get their job done and increase opportunities for promotion E) So that they can make sure the customer is satisfied
30) Project managers who understand the role that their project plays in accomplishing the organization's strategy will be inclined to do all of the following EXCEPT A) mission. B) C) D) E)
demonstrate to senior management how their project contributes to the firm's explain to team members why certain project objectives and priorities are critical. explain to stakeholders why certain project objectives and priorities are critical. be able to respond appropriately to delays and/or questions about product design. be able to focus on problems or solutions if the project is a low priority strategically.
31) All of the following are symptoms of organizations struggling with strategy disconnect and unclear priorities EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
frequent conflicts between managers. inadequate resources. confused employees regarding which projects are more important. not enough projects within the portfolio to make a profit. people are working on multiple projects and feel inefficient.
32) Which of the following problems refers to lack of understanding and consensus of organization strategy among top and middle-level managers? This also can result when top management formulates strategy and leaves implementation to functional managers.
Version 1
6
A) B) C) D) E)
33)
Multitasking Organization politics Implementation gap Resource conflicts Employee turnover
Which of the following is NOT true for strategic management?
A) It should be done once every few years just before developing the operating plan. B) It supports consistency of action at every level of the organization. C) It develops an integrated and coordinated long-term plan of action. D) It positions the firm to meet the needs of its customers. E) It involves responding to changes in the external market and allocating scarce resources to improve a competitive position.
34)
Which of the following is the correct order for the strategic management process? A) B) C) D) E)
35)
Strategies, mission, objectives, projects Objectives, projects, mission, strategies Mission, strategies, objectives, projects Objectives, mission, strategies, projects Projects, mission, strategies, objectives
Which of the following questions does the organization's mission statement answer? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
What are our long-term strategies? What are our long-term goals and objectives? How do we operate in the existing environment? What do we want to become? All of these are answered by the mission statement.
7
36) Which of the following is NOT one of the traditional components found in mission statements? A) B) C) D) E)
37)
Major products and services Profitability Target customers and markets Geographic domain Contribution to society
Which of the following is NOT one of the characteristics of effective objectives? A) B) C) D) E)
Realistic Assignable Flexible Specific Measurable
38) In order to formulate strategies that align with the mission, some of the activities the organization will need to perform are A) B) C) D) E)
39)
assess internal strengths and weaknesses. analyze competitors. examine the external environment. know their core competencies. All of these should be considered when formulating strategies.
The assessment of the external and internal environments is called _______ analysis.
Version 1
8
A) B) C) D) E)
40)
Which of the following would be classified as an organizational external threat? A) B) C) D) E)
41)
SWOT Competitive Industry Market Strategic
Slowing of the economy Excellent employees Poor product quality Declining facilities High labor costs
Which of the following would be classified as an organizational opportunity? A) B) C) D) E)
Low debt Excellent employees Increasing product demand Talented management Government regulation
42) Which of the following is NOT one of the requirements for successful implementation of strategies through projects? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Allocation of resources Prioritizing of projects Motivation of project contributors Adequate planning and control systems Quality management
9
43) Which of the following is NOT a problem associated with the absence of a project portfolio system? A) B) C) D) E)
Organizational politics Lack of funding Resource conflicts Multitasking Implementation gap
44) Jack’s organization has many projects ongoing concurrently. He finds himself starting and stopping work on one task to go and work on another task, and then return to the work on the original task. Jack is experiencing A) B) C) D) E)
45)
poor scheduling. excess work burden. flexible tasking. multitasking. burnout.
Project selection criteria are typically classified as A) B) C) D) E)
financial and nonfinancial. short-term and long-term. strategic and tactical. required and optional. cost and schedule.
46) The __________ financial model measures the current value of all cash inflows using management's minimum desired rate of return.
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
CABB ARR IRS IRB None of these alternatives are correct
47) Projects are usually classified into all but one of the following categories. Which one is NOT one of the typical classifications? A) B) C) D) E)
Compliance and emergency Operational Strategic Political necessity All of these are typical classifications.
48) One who endorses and lends political support for the completion of a specific project is known as the A) B) C) D) E)
49)
Project manager. CEO. Project sponsor. Project lead. Sacred cow.
A project screening matrix typically contains all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
the list of available projects. specific criteria. weights assigned to specific criteria. costs to complete each project. All of these are typically contained.
11
50) Regardless of the criteria differences among different types of projects, typically the most important criterion for project selection is A) B) C) D) E)
51)
Examples of nonfinancial criteria include all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
52)
capturing a larger market share. reducing dependency on unreliable suppliers. preventing government intervention and regulation. making it difficult for competitors to enter the market. calculating the time it will take to recover the project investment.
Which of the following is true of multi-weighted scoring models? A) B) C) D) E)
53)
how the project will balance risk within the project portfolio. the project's fit to the organization strategy. compliance. nonfinancial. profit.
Will include quantitative criteria. Will include qualitative criteria. Each criterion is assigned a weight. Projects with higher scores are considered more desirable. All of these are true.
Which of the following is NOT true when managing a portfolio system?
Version 1
12
A) The qualities of a particular project are assessed within the context of existing projects. B) It does not require a constant effort. C) Within a small organization it can be managed by a small group of key employees. D) It requires input from senior management. E) It involves monitoring and adjusting criteria to reflect the strategic focus of the organization.
54) The following are responsibilities of the governance team when managing a portfolio system EXCEPT A) deciding how organizational resources are allocated among the different types of projects. B) publishing the priority of every project and ensuring the process is open and free of power politics. C) evaluating the progress of the projects in the portfolio. D) constant scanning of the external environment to determine if organizational selection criteria need to be changed. E) communicating which projects are approved.
55)
When a prioritization team is balancing projects, they consider all factors except for A) B) C) D) E)
56)
Risk. Resource demand. Leadership style. Type of project. All of these alternatives are correct.
When it comes to project prioritization, senior management is responsible for
Version 1
13
A) B) C) D) E)
57)
When creating a selection model, it is important to A) B) C) D) E)
58)
completely allocated staff. shrewd scheduling. optimized processes. project prioritization too many projects taken on at once.
Typically, a project sponsor is A) B) C) D) E)
60)
make it mathematically complex so it cannot be "gamed". not use it as the final determination for project selection. assure the objectivity of the model. make certain the units used in the model are not inconsistent. keep it secret from those submitting project proposals.
People within an organization working on multiple efforts concurrently is an indicator of A) B) C) D) E)
59)
setting the course for the organization. directing the organization to a strong future position. determining the priority of each project. developing a culture where everyone contributes to the goals of the organization. All of the these choices are correct.
instrumental in approving a project. key to support a project to its' completion. a lower-level staff member. key to support a project to its’ completion and a lower-level staff member. instrumental in approving a project and key to support a project to its' completion.
Project Priority Systems can resolve
Version 1
14
A) B) C) D) E)
61)
An operational project is one that A) B) C) D) E)
62)
lack of consensus and understanding among top and middle managers. internal political issues. over-sharing of resources. what to do next. All of the these alternatives are correct.
must be completed. supports an organizations’ long-run mission. can improve organizational performance. is completed to meet regulatory compliance. always is extremely relevant to the strategic vision of the organization.
A SWOT analysis provides the Project Manager with
A) a direct linkage to goals. B) an identifiable strategic alternative. C) potential critical issues facing the organization. D) an identifiable strategic alternative and potential critical issues facing the organization. E) a direct linkage to goals and an identifiable strategic alternative.
63)
The strategic activity that focuses on what needs to be accomplished is A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
review and define the organizational mission. reflection and inquiry into the organization’s history of past projects. analyze and formulate strategies. set objectives to achieve strategy. implement strategies through projects.
15
64)
The management system that spans the lifetime of the project is called the ____. A) B) C) D) E)
lifetime cycle model project lifetime model phase gate model lifetime phase exit model lifetime model
65) The first part of the management system that spans the lifetime of the project is called the ____. A) B) C) D) E)
66)
project selection process project exit process project phase exit project kill process project gate process
The purpose of the management system that spans the lifetime of any project is _____.
A) ensure the project stays within budget B) ensure the project remains on schedule C) ensure the project stays within both budget and schedule D) ensure the project is worthwhile and is contributing to the goals and strategy of the organization E) All of these alternatives are correct
67)
At each gate a(n) _______ is made.
Version 1
16
A) B) C) D) E)
68)
assessment evaluation analysis decision judgement
Project proposals are employed when _____and are used to make ______decisions.
A) a project idea is considered worthwhile, project selection B) a project concept fails to get acceptance, project cost estimation C) a high-level organization official wishes to submit a proposal, project scheduling D) a project concept fails to gain acceptance, project cost and scheduling E) a high-level organization official wishes to submit a proposal, project cost and scheduling
69)
Three possible outcomes emanate from each gate. They are ____. A) B) C) D) E)
70)
continue, kill, enhance reduce scope, kill, increase scope proceed, cancel, or revise and submit encourage, discourage, pass allocate resources, reduce resources, cancel
If a preliminary proposal is approved, then ____.
A) the project is funded and execution begins B) a project manager and staff are assigned to develop a more comprehensive implementation plan C) the project is funded and formal detailed planning begins D) the project is funded or shelved awaiting funding E) the project is allocated limited resources
Version 1
17
71) The process of assessing "what we are" and deciding and implementing "what we intend to be and how we are going to get there" is ______________. A) B) C) D) E)
strategic management vision and mission setting reflection and inquiry goal and objective clarity mission assessment
72) ________ change infrequently and may require revision only when the nature of the business changes or shifts. A) B) C) D) E)
Vision statements Mission statements Lessons learned Goals Objectives
73) ________ translate the organization's strategy into specific, concrete, and measurable terms. A) B) C) D) E)
Vision statements Mission statements Lessons learned Goals Objectives
74) How strategies will be realized, given available resources, is answered through __________.
Version 1
18
A) B) C) D) E)
projects resource allocation implementation frameworks strategy formulation
75) High-ranking managers who endorse and lend political support for the completion of a specific project are known as project _________. A) B) C) D) E)
managers leaders politicians sponsors executives
76) A weighted scoring model typically uses several weighted selection criteria to evaluate project proposals. An example of this would be a(n) ____________. A) B) C) D) E)
project screening matrix selection criterion weighted score score multiplication project proposal
77) What the organization wants to become and the scope of the firm in terms of its product or service would be identified in the organization's ____________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
values mission statement lessons learned goals objectives
19
78) In a SWOT analysis, good product quality, low debt, and an established supplier network are examples of internal ________. A) B) C) D) E)
weaknesses opportunities threats targets strengths
79) In a SWOT analysis, strong competition, reduced product demand, and a maturing product life cycle are examples of external __________. A) B) C) D) E)
80)
The assessment of the internal and external environments is known as a(n) ________. A) B) C) D) E)
81)
weaknesses opportunities threats targets strengths
SWOT analysis PDSA wheel Constraint-based reasoning Internal/external assessment Forecasting
Strategy is implemented through ________.
Version 1
20
A) B) C) D) E)
portfolios products projects policies people
82) A project that a powerful, high-ranking official is advocating is often termed a(n) ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
Bread-and-butter project Sacred cow Pearl Oyster White elephant
83) Starting and stopping work on one task to go and work on another project, and then returning to work on the original task is known as ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
multitasking concurrency parallelism start-and-stop confusion
84) The lack of understanding and consensus of organization strategy among top and middlelevel managers is known as the __________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
priority confusion implementation gap lack of consensus lack of comprehension lack of comprehension and consensus
21
85) The financial model that measures the time it will take to recover the project investment is the __________ model. A) B) C) D) E)
break through recovery threshold investment payback
86) A financial model that measures the current value of all cash inflows and outflows using management's minimum desired rate of return is known as the _________ model. A) B) C) D) E)
Internal rate of return (IRR) Net present value (NPV) Return on investment (ROI) Return on assets (ROA) Inflow/outflow
87) In classifying the kinds of projects an organization has in its portfolio, projects that are typically those needed to meet regulatory conditions required to operate in a region are ___________ projects. A) B) C) D) E)
Strategic Conformance Compliance (must do) Operational Sacred cow
88) In classifying the kinds of projects an organization has in its portfolio, projects that are typically needed to support current operations are _________ projects.
Version 1
22
A) B) C) D) E)
Strategic Conformance Compliance (must do) Operational Sacred cow
89) In classifying the kinds of projects an organization has in its portfolio, projects that directly support the organization's long-term mission are ________ projects. A) B) C) D) E)
Strategic Conformance Compliance (must do) Operational Sacred cow
90) When considering criteria used to select projects, capturing a larger market share or reducing the dependency on unreliable suppliers would both be examples of __________ criteria. A) B) C) D) E)
Financial Nonfinancial Operational Supplier Multiple
91) In some cases, organizations will use a(n) __________ to solicit ideas for projects when the knowledge requirements for the project are not available in the organization. A) B) C) D)
Version 1
RFQ (Request for Quote) RFP (Request for Project) RFP (Request for People) RFP (Request for Proposal)
23
92) A list of potential projects, several criteria, weights for those criteria, and criteria scores for those projects are all typically included on a(n) ___________ matrix. A) B) C) D) E)
Multiple criteria Project screening Project selection Project elimination Project assessment
93) __________ the portfolio system involves monitoring and adjusting selection criteria to reflect the strategic focus of the organization. A) B) C) D) E)
Managing Designing Creating Inventing Devising
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 94) "Politics and project management should not mix." Agree or disagree and support your position.
95)
Why do project managers need to understand strategy?
Version 1
24
96) Why is it important that organizations develop a process to align selected projects with strategic goals?
97) The typical Strategic Management Process includes four activities. Identify and briefly describe each of those four activities.
98) The advantages of successful project portfolio management systems are becoming well recognized. Briefly describe three.
99)
Identify and briefly describe the five characteristics of effective objectives.
100)
What is a SWOT analysis and how does it relate to the Strategic Management Process?
101) What is the implementation gap and how does it impact project management? How can it be prevented?
Version 1
25
102) Identify and briefly discuss the three classes of projects usually found in an organization's project portfolio.
103) Management of a portfolio system requires two major inputs from senior management. What are they?
104) Why is profitability alone not an adequate measure of a project's value to an organization?
105)
What are the two major shortcomings of using the Checklist approach to select projects?
Version 1
26
Answer Key Test name: Chap 02_8e 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) TRUE 6) FALSE 7) TRUE 8) TRUE 9) TRUE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) FALSE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) TRUE 16) FALSE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) FALSE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) C 26) B Version 1
27
27) A 28) A 29) B 30) E 31) D 32) C 33) A 34) C 35) D 36) B 37) C 38) E 39) A 40) A 41) C 42) E 43) B 44) D 45) A 46) E 47) D 48) C 49) D 50) B 51) E 52) E 53) B 54) A 55) C 56) E Version 1
28
57) B 58) E 59) E 60) E 61) C 62) D 63) C 64) C 65) A 66) D 67) D 68) A 69) C 70) B 71) A 72) B 73) E 74) C 75) D 76) A 77) B 78) E 79) C 80) A 81) C 82) B 83) A 84) B 85) E 86) B Version 1
29
87) C 88) D 89) A 90) B 91) D 92) B 93) A 94) Projects and politics invariably mix and effective project managers recognize that any significant project has political ramifications. A good project selection process will minimize the impact of internal politics. 95) Project managers need to understand strategy so they can make appropriate decisions and adjustments and so they can be effective project advocates. 96) A result of not having a process that aligns selected projects with strategic goals is poor utilization of resources. Companies that have developed this process have more cooperation across the organization, perform better on projects and have fewer projects. 97) (1) Review and define the organizational mission; (2) Analyze and formulate strategies that align with mission; (3) Set objectives to achieve the strategy; (4) Implement strategies through projects. 98) The following are all examples of acceptable answers: (1) Builds discipline into project selection process; (2) Links project selection to strategic metrics; (3) Prioritizes project proposals across a common set of criteria, rather than politics or emotion; (4) Allocates resources to projects that align with strategic direction; (5) Balances risk across all projects; (5) Justifies killing projects that do not support organization strategy; (6) Improves communication and supports agreement on project goals. 99) (1) Specific; (2) Measurable; (3) Assignable; (4) Realistic; (5) Time related Version 1
30
100) It is an assessment of the internal and external environments and is the link between reviewing the current mission statement and the development of goals and objectives that support organization strategy. 101) The implementation gap refers to the lack of understanding and consensus of organization strategy among top and middle-level managers. If managers lack a common understanding of the priority for a given set of projects, then the achievement of long-range goals will be impossible. A project portfolio system can go a long way to reduce or even eliminate this problem. 102) (1) Compliance (must do); (2) Operational; (3) Strategic 103) Senior management must provide guidance in establishing selection criteria that strongly align with the current organization strategies and they must decide how they wish to balance the available organizational resources among different types of projects. 104) Today management is interested in identifying the potential mix of projects that will yield the best use of human and capital resources to maximize return on investment in the long run. Factors such as researching new technology, public image, ethical position, protection of the environment, core competencies, and strategic fit might be important criteria for selecting projects. 105) The Checklist approach fails to determine the relative importance of the project to the firm and fails to compare projects to other potential projects.
Version 1
31
CHAPTER 3 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) While organization culture is important to the overall function of an organization, it has minor influence on its project management. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) There are often considerable differences in how projects are managed within certain firms, even when similar project management structures are being used. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) The projectized form of project management structure is commonly used when one functional area plays a dominant role in completing the project or has a dominant interest in the success of the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) The matrix form of project management structure is a good choice when resource usage needs to be optimized by having individuals work on multiple projects while still performing functional duties. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) A disadvantage of using the functional form of project management structure is that projects generally take longer to complete. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) The functional project team is usually physically separated from the parent organization and given the primary directive of accomplishing the objectives of the project. Version 1
1
⊚ ⊚
true false
7) In the projectized form of project management structure, there is limited technological expertise when compared to the functional or matrix organization. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) The projectized form of project management structure is a good choice when speed of completion is important and the project needs to be implemented without directly disrupting ongoing operations. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) One of the major disadvantages of the projectized form of project management structure is that it tends to be more expensive than other forms of organization. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) One advantage of a matrix project management structure is that it is fast and easy to implement. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) A matrix project management structure is a hybrid organizational form in which a horizontal project management structure is "overlaid" on the normal functional hierarchy. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) When three forms of the matrix project management structure are considered, all share the same advantages and disadvantages and at an equal level. Version 1
2
⊚ ⊚
true false
13) When determining the most appropriate project management structure, considerations need to be made at the organizational level and at the project level. ⊚ ⊚
true false
14) Generally, the more autonomy and authority the project manager and the project team need to be successful, the more appropriate to implement either a dedicated project team or a strong project management structure. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) As discussed in the text, the three forms of matrix project management are weak, mixed, and strong. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) Within a matrix project management structure, the extent to which the project manager has direct authority over project participants depends on whether the matrix is weak, balanced, or strong. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) In a balanced matrix form of project management, the project manager is responsible for defining what needs to be accomplished while the functional managers are concerned with how it will be accomplished. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
18) The matrix form of project management is notable for the tension it creates between functional managers and project managers who both bring critical expertise and perspectives to the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
19) Member identity refers to the degree to which work activities are organized around groups rather than individuals. ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) Control is the cultural characteristic that refers to the degree to which management decisions take into account the effect of outcomes on people within the organization. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) Organizational culture refers to a system of shared norms, beliefs, values, and assumptions which bind people together. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) Unit integration is the cultural characteristic that refers to the degree to which units within the organization are encouraged to operate in a coordinated or independent manner. ⊚ ⊚
true false
23) There are strong connections among project management structure, organizational culture, and project success. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
4
24) Certain aspects of the culture of an organization support successful project management while other aspects deter or interfere with effective management. ⊚ ⊚
25)
true false
The ten primary characteristics of an organization’s culture all exist on a continuum. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 26) Organizational culture has a connection to projects. It (organizational culture) is best explained as organizational _____. A) B) C) D) E)
personality hierarchy reporting relationships background management style
27) Organization structures have a connection to projects. Which of the following is NOT true of project management structures? A) They provide a framework for launching and implementing projects. B) They appropriately balance the needs of both the parent organization and the project. C) In selecting a management structure, the culture of the organization is not a huge consideration. D) The project itself should be considered when determining which structure is best. E) They help determine who has most authority regarding managing the project.
Version 1
5
28) Which of the following is NOT a disadvantage of organizing projects within a matrix arrangement? A) B) C) D) E)
Dysfunctional conflict between functional managers and project managers. Expensive. Infighting. Stressful. Longer project duration.
29) The arrangement that manages projects within the existing organizational structure is __________ organization. A) B) C) D) E)
functional balanced matrix weak matrix strong matrix projectized
30) A young professional man is working on a project involving the upgrading of a management information system. The project is being managed by the information systems department with the coordination of other departments occurring through normal channels. This professional is working in a _________ organization. A) B) C) D) E)
31)
functional balanced matrix weak matrix strong matrix projectized
Which of the following is an advantage of a functional project management organization?
Version 1
6
A) B) C) D) E)
Maximum flexibility in the use of staff Good integration across functional units Shorter project duration Strong motivation of project team members Longer project duration
32) Which of the following is a disadvantage of a functional project management organization? A) B) C) D) E)
33)
Lack of motivation of project team members Longer project duration Lack of focus on the project Poor integration All of these are disadvantages of functional project management organization
Which of the following is a disadvantage of a projectized organization? A) B) C) D) E)
It is expensive Longer project duration Poor integration High complexity Lack of focus on the project
34) A project team that operates with a full-time project manager as a separate unit from the rest of the organization is structured using ________ organization. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
functional balanced matrix weak matrix strong matrix projectized
7
35)
Which of the following combinations represents the extremes of project organization? A) B) C) D) E)
Strong matrix and balanced matrix Functional and projectized Projectized and balanced matrix Projectized and strong matrix Strong matrix and functional
36) A technology firm has assigned a project manager for each of the five new-product teams. The managers, as well as the project team members, work on the projects on a full-time basis. The structure being used is ________ organization. A) B) C) D) E)
functional balanced matrix weak matrix strong matrix projectized
37) All of the following are organizational considerations when determining the right project management structure EXCEPT A) how important project management is to the success of the organization. B) what percentage of core work involves projects. C) resource availability. D) assess current practices and determine any changes that are needed to more effectively manage projects. E) budget constraints.
38) A project manager is considering how to structure a project team that will not directly disrupt ongoing operations. The project needs to be done quickly and a high level of motivation will be needed in order to do that. For this situation, the ______ organization would be the best choice.
Version 1
8
A) B) C) D) E)
functional balanced matrix weak matrix strong matrix projectized
39) At the project level, which of the following is a factor that should influence the choice of project management structure? A) B) C) D) E) structure
40)
The size of the project The novelty of the project Budget and time constraints The strategic importance of the project All of these are factors that should influence the choice of project management
Which are the three different matrix systems discussed in the text? A) B) C) D) E)
Functional, Weak, Strong Balanced, Functional, Projectized Weak, Strong, Balanced Neutral, Weak, Strong Functional, Neutral, Projectized
41) _________ organization is a hybrid form in which a horizontal project management structure is "overlaid" in the normal functional hierarchy. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Functional Matrix Project Balanced Neutral
9
42) Which of the following is NOT true regarding organizing projects within a matrix arrangement? A) Its flexibility supports a strong project focus that helps alleviate stress among project team members. B) It is designed to optimally utilize resources by having individuals work on multiple projects as well as being capable of performing normal functional duties. C) There are usually two chains of command. D) Provides a dual focus between functional/technical expertise and project requirements that is missing in either the project team or the functional approach. E) It is a hybrid form of organization that combines characteristics of both dedicated project teams and functional organization.
43) In which of the following is the balance of authority strongly in favor of the functional managers? A) B) C) D) E)
44)
All of the following are functions culture plays in an organization EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
45)
Weak matrix Balanced matrix Strong matrix Matrix Neutral matrix
it provides a sense of identity. it helps legitimize the management system. it replaces the need for a project selection process. it helps create social order. it clarifies and reinforces standards of behavior.
How does someone learn more about an organization's culture?
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
Read about the organization Interpret stories about the organization Observe how people interact within the organization Study the physical characteristics of the organization All of these are examples of how someone can learn more about an organization's
culture
46) Which organization's culture is NOT a culture a project manager has to be able to operate in or interact with? A) B) C) D) E)
The culture of their parent organization The culture of government and regulatory agencies The culture of vendors and subcontractors The culture of the project's customer or client All of these are cultures a project manager has to be able to operate in or interact
with
47) Which structure would be most appropriate for developing a new, highly innovative product that has strict time constraints? A) B) C) D) E)
48)
Functional organization Balanced matrix Dedicated project team Strong matrix Weak matrix
From the list below, which is NOT a primary characteristic of organizational culture?
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
49)
Control Team emphasis Profitability Conflict tolerance Risk tolerance
Factors in identifying cultural characteristics include all the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
Norms. Customs. Values. Attitude. All of these are factors in identifying cultural characteristics.
50) Who is responsible for determining how tasks will be done in a weak matrix project management structure? A) B) C) D) E)
The functional manager The project manager Both the functional manager and the project manager are responsible There is no rule established for who takes responsibility This is negotiated
51) Which of the following cultural characteristics relates to the degree to which employees identify with the organization as a whole rather than with their type of job or field of professional expertise? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Member identity Team emphasis Managerial focus Unit integration Control
12
52) Which of the following cultural characteristics relates to the degree to which work activities are organized around groups rather than individuals? A) B) C) D) E)
Member identity Team emphasis Managerial focus Unit integration Control
53) Which of the following cultural characteristic relates to the degree to which rules, policies, and direct supervision are used to oversee and control employee behavior? A) B) C) D) E)
Member identity Team Emphasis Managerial focus Unit integration Control
54) Which of the following cultural characteristics relates to the degree to which groups within the organization are encouraged to operate in a coordinated or independent manner? A) B) C) D) E)
Member identity Team emphasis Managerial focus Unit integration Control
55) Which of the following cultural characteristics relates to the degree to which management focuses on outcomes rather than on techniques and processes used to achieve those outcomes?
Version 1
13
A) B) C) D) E)
56)
Risk tolerance Reward criteria Conflict tolerance Means versus end orientation Open-systems focus
The personality of an organization is a simple explanation of ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
Organizational structure Organizational culture Organizational governance Organizational identity All of these
57) The approach to project management that uses the existing hierarchy of the organization to manage projects is ___________ organization and it uses no overlaid structure. A) B) C) D) E)
functional projectized dedicated project team balanced matrix weak matrix
58) No radical alteration in the design or operation of the parent organization is a major advantage of __________ organization. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
projectized dedicated project team weak matrix strong matrix functional
14
59) Two of the major disadvantages of the ________ organizational approach are that projects may lack focus and it can take longer to complete projects. A) B) C) D) E)
projectized strong matrix functional dedicated project team weak matrix
60) Firms where projects are the dominant form of business and the entire organization is designed to support project teams are usually structured as a(n) _________ organization. A) B) C) D) E)
projectized dedicated project team weak matrix strong matrix functional
61) A high level of motivation and the tendency for projects to get done more quickly are benefits of using the ________ organizational approach to project management. A) B) C) D) E)
dedicated project team weak matrix strong matrix functional projectized
62) High project costs and difficult post-project transition are two evident weaknesses of a(n) __________ organization.
Version 1
15
A) B) C) D) E)
dedicated project team weak matrix strong matrix functional projectized
63) In a(n) ________ system, there are usually two chains of command, one along functional lines and the other along project lines. A) B) C) D) E)
dedicated project team matrix unified functional projectized
64) The ________ structure is designed to optimally utilize resources by having individuals work on multiple projects as well as being capable of performing normal functional duties. A) B) C) D) E)
matrix unified functional projectized dedicated project team
65) A matrix in which the balance of authority is strongly on the side of the project manager is described as __________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
weak strong functional projectized dedicated project team
16
66) A matrix in which the balance of authority is strongly on the side of the functional manager is described as _________. A) B) C) D) E)
weak unified strong projectized balanced
67) High levels of stress and dysfunctional conflict are disadvantages of a(n) _________ organization. A) B) C) D) E)
matrix unified functional projectized dedicated project team
68) The ________ matrix form of project organization is likely to enhance project integration, diminish internal power struggles, and ultimately improve control of project activities and costs. A) B) C) D) E)
weak unified strong projectized balanced
69) The ________ matrix form of project organization is likely to improve technical quality as well as provide a better system for managing conflict across projects because the functional manager assigns personnel to different projects.
Version 1
17
A) B) C) D) E)
weak unified strong projectized balanced
70) The ________ matrix form of project organization can achieve better equilibrium between technical and project requirements, but it is a very delicate system to create and manage. A) B) C) D) E)
weak unified strong projectized balanced
71) ________ project teams should be used for urgent projects in which the nature of the work requires people working steadily from beginning to end. A) B) C) D) E)
Weak Dedicated Strong Projectized Balanced
72) Conflict tolerance, risk tolerance, reward criteria and unit integration are all examples of cultural __________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
attributes characteristics dimensions fundamentals considerations
18
73) Research suggests that there is a strong connection between project management structure, organizational ________, and project success. A) B) C) D) E)
governance personality culture values mission
74) Organization ________ refers to a system of shared norms, beliefs, values, and assumptions which bind people together, thereby creating shared meanings. A) B) C) D) E)
governance personality values culture mission
75) The more autonomy and authority the project manager and project team need to be successful, the more appropriate a dedicated project team or a(n) ________ matrix structure is to manage the project. A) B) C) D) E)
weak dedicated strong projectized balanced
76) When most of the project work can be done within a specified department and any coordination with other departments can be done easily through normal management channels, ___________ organization is most appropriate.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
functional weak matrix balanced matrix strong matrix projectized
77) The cultural characteristic that refers to the degree to which rewards such as promotion and salary increases are allocated according to employee performance rather than seniority, favoritism, or other nonperformance factors is known as _____________. A) B) C) D) E)
member identity team emphasis management focus unit integration reward criteria
78) The cultural characteristic that refers to the degree to which employees are encouraged to air conflicts and criticisms openly is known as ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
open-systems focus team emphasis conflict tolerance unit integration reward criteria
79) The cultural characteristic that refers to the degree to which the organization monitors and responds to changes in the external environment is known as ___________.
Version 1
20
A) B) C) D) E)
open-systems focus team emphasis conflict tolerance unit integration reward criteria
80) The cultural characteristic that refers to the degree to which employees are encouraged to be aggressive, innovative, and risk seeking is known as _____________. A) B) C) D) E)
81)
Growing pains can arise from implementing a matrix organization due to A) B) C) D) E)
82)
open-systems focus risk tolerance means versus ends orientation team emphasis control
influence from other organizations. the long lead time of implementation. cost and supply chain factors. types of projects an organization is attempting to accomplish. conflicts and tensions that arise.
Which of the below is a not considered a strength for a matrix organization? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Strong project focus. Flexibility. Easier post-project transition. Streamlined project selection. Better resource sharing and utilization.
21
83) Identified weaknesses of high expense, conflict between the team and the organization, and difficult post-project transitions are typical of A) B) C) D) E)
84)
It is common to use the functional organizational model when A) B) C) D) E)
85)
matrixed teams. functional teams. dedicated teams. projectized teams. None of these.
there is direct influence from outside organizations. the project manager has functional authority over any of the department heads. project priority is high and an early, fast finish is required. one functional area plays a dominant role in the project. a technical organizational model will not work.
If you are considering moving to a matrixed organization, you will need A) B) C) D) E)
time. budget allocated. strong leadership. both time and budget allocated. both time and strong leadership.
86) There are four different models of a Project Management Office (PMO). Which of the following is not one of the four?
Version 1
22
A) B) C) D) E)
87)
Weather station. 911 call center. Control tower. Resource pool. Command and control center.
PMOs emerged in response to _____. A) calls for the same from project managers B) calls for the same from corporate executives C) a poor track record in finishing projects on time, within budget, and according to
plan D) a good track record in finishing projects on time, within budget, and according to plan E)
an excess of unused project personnel
88) Which of the following PMO types would address questions like ‘How are our projects progressing? Which ones are on track? Which ones are not? How are we doing in terms of cost? Which projects are over budget?’ A) B) C) D) E)
89)
Weather station. 911 call center. Control tower. Resource pool. Command and control center.
The primary function of the control tower PMO is to improve project ______.
Version 1
23
A) B) C) D) E)
90)
scheduling budgeting execution scheduling and budgeting quality of the resulting product
The goal of the resource pool PMO is to provide the organization with a cadre of ______. A) B) C) D) E)
resources tools templates resources, tools and templates trained project managers and professionals
91) Which of the following PMO types makes sure the project is aligned with business objectives and conforms to accepted practices? A) B) C) D) E)
Weather station. 911 call center. Control tower. Resource pool. Command and control center.
92) An indicator of project success within an organization is the strength of the ______ to support the project management structure. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
project manager program firm organization culture top management
24
93)
An important function of an organization’s culture is to A) B) C) D) E)
94)
help legitimize the management system. complete projects on budget and on schedule. provide emotional intelligence for decision making. determine the types of projects an organization is to accomplish. make the execution of complex projects easier.
In all cases of looking for an ideal project culture, there is always the need for A) B) C) D) E)
more funding. balance among multiple project dimensions. considerable support from all levels of management. a very strong project management office. a project sponsor
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 95) There are often considerable differences in how projects are managed within certain firms, even if the same project management structure is being used. Explain.
96) What is more important for project success, the formal project management structure or the culture of the parent organization?
97) Identify and briefly describe at least two advantages and two disadvantages of organizing projects within the functional organization. Version 1
25
98) Identify and briefly describe at least two advantages and two disadvantages of organizing project teams as dedicated project teams.
99) Identify and briefly describe at least two advantages and two disadvantages of organizing project teams using the matrix management approach.
100) Identify and briefly describe the three forms of organizing projects using the matrix management approach.
101) Compare and contrast the advantages and disadvantage of a weak project management structure and a strong project management structure.
102) Identify and briefly describe three of the 10 primary characteristics of organization culture.
Version 1
26
103) Culture performs several important functions in organizations. Clarifying and reinforcing standards of behavior is one of these. Explain and provide an example.
104) Describe the difference between a "strong" or "thick" culture and a "thin" or "weak" culture.
105) Briefly describe two ways to diagnose the culture of an organization and give an example of each.
Version 1
27
Answer Key Test name: Chap 03_8e 1) FALSE 2) TRUE 3) FALSE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) FALSE 7) TRUE 8) TRUE 9) TRUE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) FALSE 13) TRUE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) FALSE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) TRUE 26) A Version 1
28
27) C 28) B 29) A 30) A 31) A 32) E 33) A 34) E 35) B 36) E 37) E 38) E 39) E 40) C 41) B 42) A 43) A 44) C 45) E 46) E 47) C 48) C 49) D 50) A 51) A 52) B 53) E 54) D 55) D 56) B Version 1
29
57) A 58) E 59) C 60) A 61) E 62) E 63) B 64) A 65) B 66) A 67) A 68) C 69) A 70) E 71) B 72) B 73) C 74) D 75) C 76) A 77) E 78) C 79) A 80) B 81) B 82) D 83) C 84) D 85) E 86) B Version 1
30
87) C 88) A 89) C 90) E 91) E 92) D 93) A 94) B 95) Many researchers attribute these differences to the organizational culture. The organizational culture reflects the personality of the organization. 96) The culture of the parent organization is more important than the formal project management structure. The project management structure should derive from the culture of the organization. The culture should reveal what types of projects the organization will do and in turn will be reflected by the project management structure. 97) Advantages include no alteration in the design or operation of the parent organization, flexibility in use of staff, in-depth expertise, and easy post-project transition. Disadvantages include lack of focus, poor integration, longer project duration and lack of motivation and ownership. 98) Advantages include simplicity, shorter project duration, strong cohesiveness of project team members and cross-functional integration. Disadvantages include high cost, internal strife, limited technological expertise and difficult post-project transition. 99) Advantages include high efficiency, strong project focus, easier post-project transition and flexibility. Disadvantages include dysfunctional conflict, infighting, high levels of stress, and longer project duration.
Version 1
31
100) (1) Weak matrix; (2) Balanced matrix; (3) Strong matrix. In the weak matrix structure the functional manager has most authority and decision making, deciding how things will be done and who will do them. The project manager does scheduling, prepares budgets and facilitates the project. In the balanced matrix both project manager and functional manager share a delicate balance of authority and responsibility. In the strong matrix structure, the project manager has all of the responsibility and authority while the functional manager merely provides the human resources. 101) The strong matrix is likely to enhance project integration, diminish internal power struggles and improve control. However, technical quality may suffer. The weak matrix is likely to improve technical quality and provide better conflict management; however, there may be poor project integration. 102) Member identity, team emphasis, management focus, unit integration, unit integration, control, risk tolerance, reward criteria, conflict tolerance, means vs. end orientation and open system focus. 103) Culture defines what is permissible and what inappropriate behavior is. These standards span a wide range of behavior from dress code and working hours to challenging the judgment of superiors. 104) "Strong" or "thick" are adjectives used to denote a culture in which the organization's core values and customs are widely shared within the entire organization. Conversely, a "thin" or "weak" culture is one that is not widely shared or practiced within a firm. 105) (1) Study the physical characteristics of an organization; (2) Read about the organization; (3) Observe how people interact within the organization; (4) Interpret stories and folklore surrounding the organization.
Version 1
32
CHAPTER 4 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Scope creep occurs when your project is completed over-budget. ⊚ ⊚
2)
true false
There is a strong correlation between project success and clear project scope definition. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) Project scope describes what you expect to deliver to your customers when the project is complete. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) One of the items included on a project scope statement or checklist is the acceptance criteria. ⊚ ⊚
5)
An expected output over the life of a project would be classified as a target. ⊚ ⊚
6)
true false
true false
An activity that represents a major segment of work is a good example of a milestone. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7) The fact that a new home being built must meet local building codes is an example of a limit and exclusion. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) If a project criterion should be optimized if at all possible, it is classified as being constrained. ⊚ ⊚
9)
If the project time should be accepted, then the project must be completed on time. ⊚ ⊚
10)
true false
During the course of a project, it is possible that the project priorities may change. ⊚ ⊚
11)
true false
true false
Profit, time and performance are all basic classifications of project priorities. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) Integrating a project's work packages within the organization's management structure is known as work breakdown structure. ⊚ ⊚
true false
13) The highest element in the hierarchical breakdown of the WBS is the first major deliverable for the project and the lowest element is a work package.
Version 1
2
⊚ ⊚
true false
14) Process breakdown structures are used when the size and the scope of the project do not warrant an elaborate WBS or OBS. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) Responsibility matrices are used primarily with small and medium-sized projects and have limited use in large projects. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) A communication plan should include limits on who has access to certain kinds of information. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) The intersection of work packages and the organizational unit creates a project control point called a cost account. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) The project charter provides the project manager with written authority to use organizational resources for project activities. ⊚ ⊚
true false
19) For large companies, the organization breakdown structure is used rather than the work breakdown structure.
Version 1
3
⊚ ⊚
true false
20) The hierarchical work breakdown structure provides management with information appropriate to each level. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) The final step in defining a project is coding the organization breakdown structure or OBS for the information system. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) The use of "acceptance criteria" only refers to projects with external customers who are paying for the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
23) A typical responsibility matrix will include not only those responsible for a specific task but can also include those who supply support and assistance. ⊚ ⊚
true false
24) Creating a communication plan typically follows a process that begins with a stakeholder analysis. ⊚ ⊚
25)
true false
Responsibility Matrices are useful for assigning and organizing responsibilities.
Version 1
4
⊚ ⊚
true false
26) A Process Breakdown Structure is a replacement for the Work Breakdown Structure for projects with tangible outcomes. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 27) Scope definition is among the first tasks that must happen in projects. How is project scope defined? A) B) C) D) E)
The length of your project and how much it will cost The deliverables or outputs during the course of the project The range of resources you have available and their capabilities What you expect to deliver to your customer when the project is complete The range of customer expectations
28) A project professional is viewing a document that delineates the specific deliverables and sub-deliverables required to complete the writing of a technical support manual. He is most likely viewing the A) B) C) D) E)
29)
responsibility matrix. organization breakdown structure. work breakdown structure. priority matrix. work package.
Five steps are involved when defining a project. Which of the following is the first?
Version 1
5
A) B) C) D) E)
Establish project priorities Define the project scope Verify the budget available Assign team members to work on the project Determine the required completion date
30) A project professional has just been assigned manager of a project to develop a new advertising campaign for an established product. What is the second step the project manager should do? A) B) C) D) E)
Establish project priorities. Define the project scope. Verify the budget available. Assign team members to work on the project. Determine the required completion date.
31) Scope creep is a big issue when managing projects. Which of the following is NOT true regarding scope creep? A) B) C) D) E)
32)
It is the tendency for the project scope to expand over time. It is when the project budget is exceeded. It most likely caused by a scope statement that is too broad. It can have both positive and negative impacts on a project. It can lead to added costs and possible project delays.
An expected output over the life of a project would be classified as A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
a target. a product. an end object. a deliverable. an objective.
6
33)
Within any project, the first step of project scope definition is to A) B) C) D) E)
analyze the strategic plan. analyze the current budget plan. meet with team members. select team members. define the overall objective to meet the customer's needs.
34) In reviewing the project plan, a project professional sees that the first prototype must be completed by October 12. This would be best classified as a A) B) C) D) E)
project target. limit item. milestone. project objective. critical goal.
35) The ability of a 911 emergency system to identify the caller's phone number and location is considered to be a A) B) C) D) E)
technical requirement. milestone. project limit. project exclusion. project deliverable.
36) You are writing a project scope definition document. Which of the following is NOT one of the items that would appear on a project scope statement or checklist?
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
Deliverables Technical requirements Project Objectives Work breakdown structure Limits and exclusions
37) "To construct a high-quality, custom home within five months at costs not to exceed $150,000" is best classified as A) B) C) D) E)
38)
a deliverable. a milestone. an objective. a limit. an exclusion.
There are 5 steps involved when defining a project; which of the following is the second? A) B) C) D) E)
Analyze the strategic plan Analyze the current budget plan Establish project priorities Select team members Define the major objectives to meet the customer's needs
39) One of the primary jobs of a project manager is to manage the trade-offs associated with the project. Which of the following is NOT one of the basic classifications of project priorities? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Profit Cost Time Performance All of these are basic classifications.
8
40) After reviewing the project scope statement, the owner specifies that costs MUST stay within $400,000. This criterion is classified as A) B) C) D) E)
constrained. enhanced. accepted. limited. fixed.
41) You have just been given a project that has a specific completion date. After a discussion with top management you find that while the date is important the cost is more important and a slip in delivery would be acceptable if required to meet the cost targets. The completion date is best classified as A) B) C) D) E)
constrained. reduced. accepted. limited. optional.
42) The _________ is used to assist in making project trade-offs among schedule, budget, and performance objectives. A) B) C) D) E)
43)
responsibility matrix work breakdown structure project priority matrix work package criterion matrix
The lowest element in the hierarchical breakdown of the WBS is
Version 1
9
A) B) C) D) E)
44)
The highest element in the hierarchical breakdown of the WBS is A) B) C) D) E)
45)
a deliverable. a work package. a cost account. a lowest sub-deliverable. an object.
a work package. sub-deliverables. a cost account. major deliverables. the project.
All of the following are ways the WBS helps in managing projects EXCEPT
A) with cost and time estimates the WBS makes it possible to plan, schedule and budget the project. B) it provides management with information appropriate to each level. C) can be used to define communication channels. D) allows the project manager to establish the overall objective of the project. E) as it is developed, organizational units and individuals can be assigned responsibility of work packages.
46)
All of the following are usually included in a work package EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
work to be done. the time needed to complete the work. a single person who is responsible for its completion. all the costs for the work package. All of these are included in a work package.
10
47) The integration of the lowest level of the WBS with the organizational units responsible for performing the work is known as A) B) C) D) E)
48)
responsibility matrix. organization breakdown structure. work breakdown structure. priority matrix. process breakdown structure.
There are 5 steps involved when defining a project; which of the following is the last? A) B) C) D) E)
Code the WBS for tracking Assign the cost account to a manager Assign the work package to a manager Develop the responsibility matrix All of these are included in the final step.
49) When work packages are integrated with organizational units, a control point is created called a A) B) C) D) E)
responsibility matrix. priority matrix. work package. cost account. project overlap.
50) The WBS is best suited for projects that have a tangible outcome. Which of the following is used when the final outcome of the project is less tangible or is a product of a series of steps or phases?
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
Responsibility matrix Organization breakdown structure A work breakdown structure is still effective for these types of projects. Priority matrix Process breakdown structure
51) If a project is small and does not require an elaborate system to assign tasks, which of the following is a good choice? A) B) C) D) E)
Responsibility matrix Organization breakdown structure Work breakdown structure Priority matrix Process breakdown structure
52) The project scope statement indicates that the client is responsible for training the people who will be using the equipment and that the project team will train the client's trainers. This is an example of A) B) C) D) E)
project objectives. deliverables. limits and exclusions. technical requirements. milestones.
53) The tendency for the project deliverables to expand over time—usually by changing requirements, specifications, and priorities—is called
Version 1
12
A) B) C) D) E)
54)
Which of the following is a good example of a Process Breakdown Structure? A) B) C) D) E)
55)
scope erosion. scope creep. project bloat. scope enhancement. project add-ons.
New car prototype New software program New instruction manual New sports stadium New project management book
Which of the following is least likely to be included in a work package? A) B) C) D) E)
How long the work package should take to complete A description of work to be performed Overhead expenses How much the work package should cost to complete The person responsible for the work package
56) Having a strong communication plan can go a long way toward mitigating project problems. A communication plan should address all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D)
when the information will be communicated. how information should be communicated and to whom. which methods will be used to gather and store information. what information needs to be collected and are there limits as to who has access to
E)
all of these should be addressed in a communication plan.
it.
Version 1
13
57) A communication plan is a key component for giving guidelines on how to track project ____. A) B) C) D) E)
58)
issues. costs. defects. Both costs and defects. All of these choices are correct.
A “Dissemination Mode” is A) B) C) D) E)
how project schedules are version controlled. a description of what is important to project stakeholders. what defines how project communication is to occur. None of these choices are correct. All of these choices are correct.
59) A key aspect to communication plans are that they allow the project manager and the project team to A) B) C) D) E)
60)
meet deadlines more effectively. focus on defect resolution. effectively control costs on the project. actively control the flow of information. be more creative in their communications.
A Responsibility Matrix will clarify
Version 1
14
A) B) C) D) E)
tasks. supports. responsibilities. who supports and who is responsible. All of these alternatives are correct.
61) One way for a project manager to communicate the authority granted to individual project members is to publish a A) B) C) D) E)
work breakdown structure. project plan. project hierarchy of reporting authority. responsibility matrix. project communication plan.
62) A Process Breakdown Structure can provide a reasonable alternative to a Work Breakdown structure for an extensive development project if A) B) C) D) E)
phase exit criteria are firmly established. there are appropriate predecessor relationships in place. deliverables are tightly aligned to milestones. tangible products are being developed. risk planning is included early in the project.
63) A selective outline of the project that ensures the identification of all tasks and an understanding of what is to be done is called a(n) ____________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
process breakdown structure work breakdown structure organization breakdown structure project breakdown structure product breakdown structure
15
64)
The first step in planning any project is to ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
establish project priorities create the project breakdown structure define the project scope create the product breakdown structure create the organization breakdown structure
65) The definition of the end result or mission of your project, or what you expect to deliver to your customer when the project is complete is the project ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
scope bill or invoice product test lessons learned
66) Significant events in a project that occur at a specific point in time, are natural control points, and are easily recognized by project participants are known as ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
tasks activities milestones due dates kill points
67) The need for a functioning computer in countries having different electrical systems is an example of a ________.
Version 1
16
A) B) C) D) E)
project objective electrical incompatibility justification acceptance criteria technical requirement
68) The agreement that training will be the responsibility of the customer and not the team is an example of a project ________. A) B) C) D) E)
product scope description limits and exclusions technical requirements acceptance criteria milestones
69) The last element of a project scope statement or checklist ensures an understanding and agreement of expectations. This is known as ____________. A) B) C) D) E)
deliverables acceptance criteria milestones limits and exclusions technical requirements
70) In regard to project priorities, if a project parameter such as the completion date or the cost of a project is fixed and must be met, it is considered ____________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
enhanced accepted constrained static unchangeable
17
71) Taking advantage of opportunities to reduce costs or accelerate the schedule are examples of project criteria classified as ____________. A) B) C) D) E)
enhanced accepted constrained static unchangeable
72) In making project trade-offs, a criterion that is allowed not to meet the original target, for example, allowing the schedule to slip, is classified as ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
enhanced accepted constrained static unchangeable
73) A technique that clearly establishes priorities with customers and top management so as to create shared expectations and avoid misunderstandings is developing a(n) ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
work breakdown structure process breakdown structure organization breakdown structure project priority matrix responsibility matrix
74) The result of subdividing the work of a project into smaller and smaller work elements is called a(n) __________.
Version 1
18
A) B) C) D) E)
work breakdown structure process breakdown structure organization breakdown structure project priority matrix responsibility matrix
75) The most detailed element in the hierarchical breakdown of the project work to be accomplished is known as the __________. A) B) C) D) E)
deliverable subdeliverable work package lowest subdeliverable cost account
76) The intersection of work packages and the organizational unit creates a project control point called a(n) ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
deliverable subdeliverable work package lowest subdeliverable cost account
77) When specific work packages are assigned to a particular group or person within the organization, the result is called a(n) ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
work breakdown structure process breakdown structure organization breakdown structure project priority matrix responsibility matrix
19
78)
The final step in defining a project is __________ the WBS for the information system. A) B) C) D) E)
validating the scope finalizing requirements integrating the WBS with the organization coding the WBS assigning each work package to a single person
79) The WBS is best suited for design and construction projects that have tangible outcomes. When the final outcome of the project is less tangible or it is the result of a series of steps or phases, some project managers choose to utilize a(n) ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Modified Process Breakdown Structure (PBS) Organization Breakdown Structure (OBS) Project Priority Matrix (PPM) Responsibility Matrix (RM)
80) Once the __________ has been established, it is the basis for making trade-off decisions later in the project. A) B) C) D) E)
work breakdown structure process breakdown structure organization breakdown structure project priority matrix responsibility matrix
81) The type of information that will need to be collected during a project and who will receive this information can be found in the project __________ plan.
Version 1
20
A) B) C) D) E)
communication requirements responsibility assignment creation and design
82) One tool that is used by project managers of small projects to summarize the tasks to be accomplished and who is responsible for what on a project is called a(n) __________. A) B) C) D) E)
task assignment table activity assignment matrix responsibility matrix task responsibility table activity responsibility table
83) A document that is issued by upper management and provides the project manager with written authority to use organizational resources for project activities is called a(n) __________. A) B) C) D) E)
84)
project charter statement of work requirements document project plan scope statement
Scope creep can be reduced by carefully writing a(n) __________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
project charter statement of work requirements document project plan scope statement
21
85) One of the primary jobs of a project manager is to manage the trade-offs among time, cost, and performance. To do so, the project manager must define and understand the ___________ of the project. A) B) C) D) E)
project charter communications plan priorities requirements WBS
86) The gradual expansion of project requirements, specifications and priorities during the execution of project is known as ____________. A) B) C) D) E)
scope enhancement scope creep WBS vagueness an absence of scope control expanding requirements
87) A robust ______________ can go a long way to reducing project problems over the life of the project and will establish how, when and to whom information must be supplied. A) B) C) D) E)
project charter priorities matrix requirements doc communications plan WBS
88) Scope creep results in changes to requirements, specifications, and priorities and these in turn result in _____ and _____.
Version 1
22
A) B) C) D) E)
89)
Which of the following is not a common cause of scope creep? A) B) C) D) E)
90)
added costs, budgetary overruns project delays, schedule overruns increases in scope, compromised requirements cost overruns, delays None of these alternatives is correct.
Poor requirements analysis Not involving users early enough Underestimating project complexity Lack of change control Policy change
In many cases, the causes of scope creep reflect a misfit between ____.
A) traditional project management methods being applied to high uncertainty projects B) agile project management methods being applied to projects with stable, static scope C) traditional project management methods being applied to projects with high certainty D) agile project management methods being applied to projects with high predictability E) agile project management methods being applied to projects involving the application of uncertain technology
91) If the project scope needs to change, it is critical to have a sound _______ in place that records the change. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
requirements document project charter change control process WBS statement of work
23
92) Which of the following items on the Project Scope Checklist answers the question “What is the problem or opportunity the project is addressing?” A) B) C) D) E)
Project objective Product scope description Justification Deliverables Milestones
93) Which of the following items on the Project Scope Checklist answers the question “What end result is wanted?” A) B) C) D) E)
Project objective Product scope description Justification Deliverables Milestones
94) Which of the following items has to do with the expected measurable outputs over the life of the project? A) B) C) D) E)
Project objective Product scope description Justification Deliverables Milestones
95) Which of the following items has to do with the overall goal of meeting your customer’s needs?
Version 1
24
A) B) C) D) E)
Project objective Product scope description Justification Deliverables Milestones
96) Which of the following items has to do with significant events in the life of a project, such as completion of deliverables, at a specific point in time? A) B) C) D) E)
Project objective Product scope description Justification Deliverables Milestones
97) Which of the following items has to do with conditions that must be met before the deliverables are accepted? A) B) C) D) E)
Deliverables Milestones Technical requirements Limits and exclusions Acceptance criteria
98) Which of the following tools would you as project manager likely prefer if you are managing a medium-to-large software development project? Your project is driven by performance requirements, not by plans/blueprints.
Version 1
25
A) B) C) D) E)
WBS OBS PBS Responsibility matrix All of these alternatives are correct.
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 99) Identify and briefly describe the five steps in defining a project.
100) Identify and briefly describe the eight elements on the recommended project scope checklist.
101)
In terms of project management, what is a deliverable? Give an example.
102) A priority matrix helps project managers manage trade-offs among time, cost and performance or scope. This helps to identify which criterion is constrained, which should be enhanced and which can be accepted. Some argue that all of these criteria are always constrained. Agree or disagree? Explain why.
Version 1
26
103)
In project management terms, what is meant by "managing the trade-offs"?
104)
Identify the three categories used to classify the priority of major project parameters.
105) During the course of a project, project priorities may change impacting the project priority matrix. Give an example.
106)
What is meant by a work breakdown structure and how does it help manage projects?
107)
What is a work package and what information does it contain?
108)
What is a responsibility matrix and how would it be used in project management?
Version 1
27
109) Define scope creep. When is it good? When is it bad? Provide real-life examples of both cases.
110)
What is an organization breakdown structure and how would you use it to plan a project?
111) What are the major causes of scope creep? What can the project manager do to minimize scope creep within each of these causes?
112) Thinking systemically, how would you decide whether a particular function or feature is in or out of scope? What criteria would you use? Who is the ultimate stakeholder type that will decide this issue? How might their input be incorporated into the final decision?
113) How would you mark Time, Performance and Cost on a Project Priority Matrix if your software product had to be done for the trade show, should include as much functionality as possible without much concern for cost. Fill out the Project Priority Matrix below: Time
Performance
Cost
Constrain
Version 1
28
Enhance Accept
114) How would you mark Time, Performance and Cost on a Project Priority Matrix if you wanted to be first to market with your product to garner market share. You are willing to defer original scope requirements to later versions in order to get to the market first. Going over budget is acceptable but not desirable. Fill out the Project Priority Matrix below: Time
Performance
Cost
Constrain Enhance Accept
115) Describe as many different ways to define/describe/delineate scope as possible, as discussed in the chapter. Scope should be focused on the customer, the project objective, the end results, the deliverables, the milestones, the departments involved, the development team, which?
Version 1
29
Answer Key Test name: Chap 04_8e 1) FALSE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) TRUE 5) FALSE 6) FALSE 7) FALSE 8) FALSE 9) FALSE 10) TRUE 11) FALSE 12) FALSE 13) FALSE 14) FALSE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) TRUE 21) FALSE 22) FALSE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) TRUE 26) FALSE Version 1
30
27) D 28) C 29) B 30) A 31) B 32) D 33) E 34) C 35) A 36) D 37) C 38) C 39) A 40) A 41) C 42) C 43) B 44) E 45) D 46) E 47) B 48) A 49) D 50) E 51) A 52) C 53) B 54) B 55) C 56) E Version 1
31
57) A 58) C 59) D 60) D 61) D 62) A 63) B 64) C 65) A 66) C 67) E 68) B 69) B 70) C 71) A 72) B 73) D 74) A 75) C 76) E 77) C 78) D 79) B 80) D 81) A 82) C 83) A 84) E 85) C 86) B Version 1
32
87) D 88) D 89) E 90) A 91) C 92) C 93) B 94) D 95) A 96) E 97) E 98) C 99) (1) Defining the project scope; (2) Establishing project priorities; (3) Creating the work breakdown structure; (4) Integrating the WBS with the organization; (5) Coding the WBS. 100) The eight items are: (1) Project objectives; (2) Product scope description; (3) Justification; (4) Deliverables; (3) Milestones; (4) Technical requirements; (5) Limits and exclusions; (6) Acceptance criteria. 101) A deliverable is an expected output that occurs during the life of a project. A deliverable could be a list of specifications, software code or a technical manual, even a prototype. 102) Disagree. If everything goes well on the project and no major problems arise then this argument might be valid; however, this situation is rare. Project managers are often forced to make tough decisions that benefit one criterion while compromising the other two. 103) During project execution decisions will be needed to balance the three success criteria: costs, schedule, and performance. Typically, one will be degraded in order to maintain or improve another. Thus, the criteria are traded off. Version 1
33
104) (1) Constrain (the parameter is fixed); (2) Enhance (the parameter should be optimized); (3) Accept (lower results are acceptable). 105) The customer may suddenly need the project completed one month sooner or new directives from top management may emphasize cost saving initiatives. 106) A work breakdown structure (WBS) is the logical subdividing of major activities into smaller elements. It is useful to ensure complete planning of a project as well as a basis for monitoring progress. 107) A work package is the lowest element in the WBS. It is the basic unit used for planning, scheduling and controlling the project. Work packages consist of what, how long, cost, resources, who is responsible, and identify monitoring points for measuring progress. 108) The responsibility matrix (RM) summarizes the tasks to be accomplished and who is responsible for what on a project. It is used to ensure that all participants understand and agree on their assignments. 109) Scope creep is the gradual expansion of project deliverables to the point that overall project constraints (costs and schedule) can no longer be met. It is good when the customer is happy and the project has been improved. It is bad when project duration is increased and costs become higher without creating any more value to the customer. 110) The organization breakdown structure (OBS) is the process of defining which organization units are responsible for performing the work outlined in the individual work packages. 111) The major causes of scope creep are poor requirements analysis, not involving the users early enough, underestimating project complexity, lack of change control, and gold plating. For each of these there is an obvious remedy that the project manager must apply.
Version 1
34
112) The stakeholder group that ultimately determines scope is the customer. Criteria would include asking a variety of questions to determine relevance to and alignment with the project objective. The importance and value of each feature/function to the customer must be determined. You could have the customer prioritize the list of functions/features by having them order the list in descending order from most important to least important. Then you would fund those functions/features that deliver the most value to the customer. Lowvalue features for which there is insufficient budget would get scrubbed. You could even calculate a value/cost ratio and prioritize features in descending order of that ratio. 113) The correct answer is the following: Time Constrain
Performance
Cost
XXX
Enhance
XXX
Accept
XXX
Time has to be constrained—there is no flexibility in terms of completion time—the product has to be ready by the trade show date. You want as much functionality as possible so you would endeavor to enhance performance. You will accept whatever cost consequences accrue as you work on the other two dimensions. 114) The correct answer is the following: Time Constrain Enhance
Version 1
Performance
Cost
XXX XXX
35
Accept
XXX
Time has to be enhanced—in this case reduced at all costs. Performance has to be constrained in order to enhance (reduce) time. You will accept whatever cost consequences accrue as you work on the other two dimensions. 115) Some of the documents/delineations mentioned in the chapter include project scope definition, statement of work, project charter, and, of course, the WBS. The stakeholder group that ultimately determines scope is the customer. Criteria would include asking the customer a variety of questions. You could have the customer prioritize the list of functions/features by having them order the list in descending order from most important to least important. Then you would fund those functions/features that deliver the most value to the customer. Lowvalue features for which there is insufficient budget would get scrubbed. You could even calculate a value/cost ratio and prioritize features in descending order of that ratio.
Version 1
36
CHAPTER 5 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Project estimates should be broken down into as much detail, and with as much accuracy, as possible. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) Cost, time, and budget estimates are the lifeline for control; they serve as the standard for comparison of the actual and the planned throughout the life of the project. ⊚ ⊚
3)
true false
Past experience is almost always used primarily in the initial phases of estimating. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) After averaging out the underestimates and overestimates, a long-duration project is more likely to be on target than a short-term, small project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) The process of forecasting or approximating the time and cost of completing project deliverables is called planning. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) The project management structure chosen to manage the project will have little impact on the quality of estimates. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7) As long as everyone in a project adds a little padding to reduce risk, the project duration and cost estimates will be more accurate. ⊚ ⊚
8)
true false
Organization culture can significantly influence project time and cost estimates. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) If a project is internal to the company and relatively small, the bottom-up approach to estimating time and costs for the project is the best choice. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) If time and costs are important to a project the top-down approach to estimating time and costs for the project is the best choice. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) The ideal approach to estimating project time and costs is to use both the top-down and the bottom-up approach. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) Estimates that are typically based on estimates of elements found in the work breakdown structure are called bottom-up estimates. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
2
13) Top-down estimates usually are derived from someone who uses experience and/or information to determine the project duration and total cost. ⊚ ⊚
true false
14) Estimating the total cost of a house by multiplying the total square feet by cost per square foot is an example of the apportion method of estimating costs. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) Estimating the total cost of a project by multiplying each major function by a complexity factor is an example of the apportion method of estimating costs. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) Phase estimating is used when a project cannot be rigorously defined because of the uncertainty of design or the final product. ⊚ ⊚
17)
true false
All task time estimates need consistent time units. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) One guideline to follow when estimating time, cost and resources is to use several people to make the estimate for a task. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
19)
The consensus method of estimating costs is a bottom-up technique. ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) The salary of the project manager and her administrative assistant are classified as direct labor costs. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) General and administrative costs are usually allocated as a percent of the total of a direct cost which includes labor, materials, or equipment. ⊚ ⊚
22)
true false
Work package estimates should include allowances for contingencies. ⊚ ⊚
true false
23) Estimates are supposed to be based on normal conditions. While this is a good starting point, it rarely holds true in real life. ⊚ ⊚
24)
true false
Mega Projects often under deliver on expected benefits and cost more than expected. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
4
25) Repetition of a task generally results in a reduction of labor hours each successive time a worker performs that task. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 26) The process of forecasting or approximating the time and cost of completing project deliverables is called A) B) C) D) E)
27)
In practice, estimating processes are frequently classified as A) B) C) D) E)
28)
budgeting. predicting. estimating. planning. guesstimating.
top down/bottom up. rough/polished. precise/order of magnitude. draft/final. broad/specific.
What is the relationship between organizational culture and estimating? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
There is no relationship. Cultural norms affect the accuracy of estimates. Culture determines whether estimates are made. Estimating alters cultural norms. Estimating and culture are independent.
5
29)
A good starting point for developing time and cost estimates is A) B) C) D) E)
past experience. work packages. task analysis. time and motion studies. work breakdown structure.
30) Which of the following is NOT one of the factors that need to be considered to improve quality of estimates for project times and costs? A) B) C) D) E)
planning horizon people padding estimates profit project structure
31) A project manager is looking over the actual results of projects and comparing them to what was estimated. She notices that the projects that took six months or longer to complete were noticeably more off the estimates. Which of the following factors is she recognizing? A) B) C) D) E)
Padding estimates Planning horizon Project structure People Organization culture
32) A project leader is forecasting how much money his department needs to support a new project. He estimates that two people and $25,000 in expenses will cover his needs. Because management typically insists on reducing forecasts by 20 percent, he increases his estimates to allow for that reduction. Which of the following factors is illustrated in this situation?
Version 1
6
A) B) C) D) E)
33)
Which of the following is a good condition for top-down estimating? A) B) C) D) E)
34)
Padding estimates Planning horizon Project structure People Organization culture
Cost and time important Fixed price contract Customer wants details Internal, small project Large scale project involving several subcontractors
Which of the following is a good condition for bottom-up estimating? A) B) C) D) E)
When the project involves strategic decision making When the project is internal and small When there is a fixed price contract When there is high uncertainty involved in the project When there is an unstable scope
35) A home builder is collecting estimates for a house that he will have the funding to build in 12 months. Which of the following factors does he need to consider in regard to the quality of these estimates? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Padding estimates Planning horizon Project structure People Project duration
7
36)
Which of the following does NOT help describe a bottom-up estimating approach?
A) They are made by someone who uses experience and/or information from someone else to determine overall project cost and duration. B) They establish low-cost, efficient methods for completing activities. C) They typically come from the people actually doing the work and who are most knowledgeable about the task at hand. D) Estimates are made at the work package level and then "rolled up" to determine estimates for major deliverables and for the project itself. E) They can take place after the project has been planned in detail.
37) Which of the following methods is NOT considered a top-down approach to estimating project time and cost? A) B) C) D) E)
Ratio Template Apportion Function point Learning curve
38) A construction estimator is forecasting project time and cost for constructing a new building by multiplying the total square footage by a given dollar amount. Which of the following methods is he using? A) B) C) D) E)
Ratio Template Apportion Function point Learning curve
39) A project manager is forecasting the time and cost of developing a customized software program by looking at the number of inputs, outputs, inquiries, files, and interfaces. Which of the following methods is he using? Version 1
8
A) B) C) D) E)
Ratio Template Apportion Function point Learning curve
40) A project leader is estimating the time and cost of developing an intranet for a new customer. Her department has completed six such intranets for customers during the last two years. Although the proposed system is about the same size as the others, she estimates that it will take about 10 percent less time and money. Which of the following methods is she using? A) B) C) D) E)
41)
Learning curves are more likely to be applied in situations where most of the costs are A) B) C) D) E)
42)
Ratio Template Apportion Function point Learning curve
materials. labor. overhead. evenly spread over materials, labor, and overhead. labor and materials.
Which of the following describes the consensus method?
Version 1
9
A) Should be used only for projects that require the same task, group of tasks, or product to be repeated several times B) Uses several people with relevant experience regarding the task at hand to make time and cost estimates C) Uses pooled experience of senior and/or middle managers to estimate the total project duration and cost D) Uses the number of square feet to estimate the total cost and time of the project E) Uses weighted macro variables or major parameters such as the number of inputs or outputs to estimate the total cost and time of the project
43) Which of the following is NOT one of the bottom-up approaches to estimating project time and cost? A) B) C) D) E)
Parametric procedures applied to specific tasks Estimates for the WBS work packages Learning curve Template method Range estimates
44) Which of the following would be the best method for projects where the final product is not known and the uncertainty is very large? A) B) C) D) E)
Function point Template Learning curve Phase estimating Apportion
45) A scrum master is responsible for estimating a work package that has a significant amount of uncertainty associated with the time and cost to complete. Due to the uncertainty involved he will be making a low, an average and a high estimate. He is using which estimating approach?
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
Parametric procedures applied to specific tasks Template method Apportion method Range estimating Learning curve
46) Which of the following is NOT true in regard to the level of detail estimates should contain? A) It will vary with the complexity of the project. B) Detailed estimates are crucial to project success; therefore, an effort should be made to make estimates as detailed as possible for all projects. C) The more detailed the estimate is the more the estimate will cost to create. D) Inadequate detail might lead to estimates that fall short of their intended purpose. E) Excessive detail means unproductive paperwork and unnecessary expenditures.
47) The salary of the project manager would be an example of what type of cost found in a project? A) B) C) D) E)
48)
Labor Direct Direct project overhead General and administrative overhead Salary
Typical kinds of costs found in a project include all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
direct costs. project overhead costs. general and administrative overhead costs. labor. All of these are examples of costs found in a project.
11
49) Accounting would be an example of which of the following costs typically found in a project? A) B) C) D) E)
50)
Labor Direct Direct project overhead General and administrative overhead Salary
Which of the following would best represent direct project costs? A) B) C) D) E)
Only labor Only materials Only equipment Both labor and materials Labor, materials and equipment
51) Which of the following is NOT one of the recommended guidelines for developing useful work package estimates? A) B) C) D) E)
Estimates should be made by those responsible for the work. Use several people to estimate the same work. Estimates should be based on normal conditions. Estimates should include a normal level of contingency. Estimates should be independent of other projects.
52) Companies are using which of the following for improving the estimating process for future projects?
Version 1
12
A) B) C) D) E)
Adjusting estimates based on individual forecasting abilities Benchmarking and using the experience of other companies Using time and motion studies Creating historical databases of previous projects Establishing an estimating training course for all employees
53) Reasons why estimating time and cost are important include all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
to schedule work. to determine how long the project should take and cost. to develop cash flow needs. to determine how well the project is progressing. to help establish a project selection process.
54) The bottom-up approach for estimating times and costs that uses costs from past projects that were similar to the current project is known as A) B) C) D) E)
detailed WBS work package estimates. template method. function point method. time-phased cost estimates. phase estimating.
55) Which of the following top-down methods is used when projects closely follow past projects in regard to features and costs of those features, and result in costs being assigned by percentages to major segments of the project?
Version 1
13
A) B) C) D) E)
Apportion Function point Phase estimating Learning curve Consensus
56) Refining estimates may be necessary for a number of reasons. For example, resource shortages, in the form of people, equipment, or materials, can extend original estimates. This is a good example of A) B) C) D) E)
hidden interaction costs. things going wrong on a project. normal conditions not applying. changes in project scope. the customer not being clear about their expectations.
57) Refining estimates may be necessary for a number of reasons. For example, people working on prototype development needing time to interact with the design engineers after the design is completed is a good example of A) B) C) D) E)
hidden interaction costs. things going wrong on a project. normal conditions not applying. changes in project scope. the customer not being clear about their expectations.
58) Refining Estimates may be necessary for a number of reasons. For example, a manager getting further into a project and obtaining a better understanding of what needs to be done to accomplish a project and meet the needs of the customer is an example of
Version 1
14
A) B) C) D) E)
hidden interaction costs. things going wrong on a project. normal conditions not applying. changes in project scope. there is never a good reason to refine estimates.
59) Refining estimates may be necessary for a number of reasons. For example, design flaws being revealed after the fact, extreme weather conditions, and accidents occurring are good examples of A) B) C) D) E)
60) as
hidden interaction costs. things going wrong on a project. changes in project scope. normal conditions not applying. uncertain, unstable requirements.
Large projects that have long time horizons and a very high complexity can be referred to
A) B) C) D) E)
mega projects. high risk. white elephants. mega projects or white elephants. None of these alternatives is correct.
61) While it may be true that Mega Projects are by nature extremely difficult to estimate, another factor identified in the consistent pattern of estimating difficulties is:
Version 1
15
A) B) C) D) E)
unidentified risks. deception. economic downturn. Both unidentified risks and economic downturn. None of these alternatives is correct.
62) An external view of a Mega Project based upon the outcome of similar projects undertaken in the past is known as: A) B) C) D) E)
63)
Pareto Charting. The Monte Carlo Method. Reference Class Forecasting. Big Data Analysis. White elephant.
Benefits of Reference Class Forecasting include A) B) C) D) E)
acts as a reality check. helps to avoid unsound optimism. provides a basis for contingency funds. leads to improved accountability. All of these alternatives are correct.
64) The pattern of improvement identified from a worker having performed a task multiple times is known as a A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
reduced failure rate. optimistic estimate. learning curve. successive improvement. both reduced failure rate and successive improvement.
16
65)
Estimating can be challenged by A) B) C) D) E)
human nature. political dynamics. difficulty in predicting the future. size of the project. All of these alternatives are correct.
66) When work package estimates are made by individuals most knowledgeable about the work being performed and these estimates are then "rolled up" to find estimated costs for major deliverables and the project itself, ____________ estimating is being used. A) B) C) D) E)
top-down analogous bottom-up reference class professional estimation
67) When someone uses experience and/or information from others to determine the project duration and total cost, ____________ estimating is being used. A) B) C) D) E)
top-down experiential bottom-up reference class professional estimation
68) The estimating factor that considers the decreasing accuracy of estimates as one forecasts activities that are further into the future is known as ____________.
Version 1
17
A) B) C) D) E)
project complexity planning horizon people organizational culture padding estimates
69) The estimating factor that considers the skill level of participants doing the estimating is known as the ___________ factor. A) B) C) D) E)
project complexity planning horizon people organizational culture padding estimates
70) The estimating factor that considers the tendency to overestimate project time and cost in order to improve the likelihood of meeting the estimates is known as the ___________ factor. A) B) C) D) E)
project complexity planning horizon people organizational culture padding estimates
71) The estimating factor that considers the prevailing belief in some firms that detailed estimating takes too much time and is not worth the effort is an example of the ___________ factor.
Version 1
18
A) B) C) D) E)
project complexity planning horizon people organizational culture padding estimates
72) The preferred method for situations involving strategic decision making, projects with a high degree of uncertainty, and projects with an unstable scope is the ___________ approach to estimating project time and costs. A) B) C) D) E)
top-down experiential bottom-up reference class professional estimation
73) The preferred method for situations where the cost and time estimates are important, in a fixed contract situation, and when the customer wants a lot of detail is the ___________ approach to estimating project time and costs. A) B) C) D) E)
top-down experiential bottom-up reference class professional estimation
74) The information necessary to conduct a bottom-up estimate of project time and cost starts with the ___________.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
level 4 elements of the WBS milestones work package planning horizon level 5 elements of the PBS
75) Project managers typically use ________, also called analogous estimating or the ______ method when there is a past history of similar projects and rough-cut estimates are needed for strategic purposes two-to-five years out because, as estimating methods go, it is faster and less expensive. A) B) C) D) E)
top-down, apportion bottom-up, range estimating bottom-up, learning curve top-down, phase estimating top-down, range estimating
76) A project estimator is working on estimates for a project that is very similar to a previous project, in that it has many of the same features and those features have similar costs. Each feature or deliverable will represent the same percentage of the total cost as it did for the previous project. He is using the _________ method of top-down estimating. A) B) C) D) E)
ratio consensus apportion function point learning curves
77) The top-down method for estimating project time and cost that uses weighted variables based on major parameters and is frequently used in the development of software is known as the ____________ method.
Version 1
20
A) B) C) D) E)
ratio consensus apportion function point learning curves
78) The top-down method of estimating project time and costs that is useful for projects requiring the same task, group of tasks, or product repeated several times, especially if it is labor intensive, is the ______________. A) B) C) D) E)
ratio consensus apportion function point learning curves
79) The bottom-up method of estimating where work package time and costs for past projects are used as a starting point for a new project and adjustments are made based on differences in the new project is known as the ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
range estimating parametric procedure template method phase estimating method WBS method
80) The top-down method of estimating when the pooled experience of senior and/or middle managers are used to estimate the total project duration and cost is the _________ method.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
ratio consensus apportion function point learning curves
81) The approach to estimating project time and cost that begins with an overall estimate for the project and then refines estimates for various stages of the project as it is implemented is known as ____________. A) B) C) D) E)
range estimating parametric procedure template method phase estimating method WBS method
82) The estimating approach that is best to use on projects where there is an unusual amount of uncertainty surrounding the project and when it is impractical to estimate times and costs for the entire project is known as ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
range estimating parametric procedure template method phase estimating method WBS method
83) A way to improve estimates on future projects is to collect and archive data on past project estimates and actuals. Creating ___________ for estimating is a way to achieve this goal.
Version 1
22
A) B) C) D) E)
84)
time and cost databases history databases estimating and forecasting databases structured databases Any of these alternatives are correct.
Project costs such as labor and materials are typically classified as ___________ costs. A) B) C) D) E)
general and administrative overhead direct direct project overhead fixed interaction
85) The salary of the project manager and temporary rental space for the project team would be classified as __________ costs. A) B) C) D) E)
general and administrative overhead direct direct project overhead fixed interaction
86) Estimates should be made based on ___________ conditions, efficient methods, and a normal level of resources. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
abnormal above normal standard normal average
23
87) Costs that are associated with time devoted to the coordination in meetings and briefings as well as time necessary to resolve disconnects between tasks are known as ____________ costs. A) B) C) D) E)
direct interaction general and administrative (G&A) overhead costs things go wrong coordination
88) Costs that are not directly related to a specific project, such as advertising, accounting, and senior management's salary, are classified as _____________ costs. A) B) C) D) E)
89)
general and administrative overhead direct direct project overhead fixed coordination
A(n) __________ is something that is a valuable but burdensome possession. A) B) C) D) E)
mega-project white elephant yacht vacation home concorde
90) Mega projects are large-scale, complex ventures that typically cost _______ or more and take many ______ to complete.
Version 1
24
A) B) C) D) E)
$1 million, months $10 million, quarters $1 billion, years $10 billion, years $500,000, months
91) Consider a five-mile-long railroad tunnel. Tunnel experts and advocates estimate the total cost to be $200 million. What is the reference class for this project? But reference class projects in this area have been over-budget by 30%. So, what should the actual revised budget number be for this proposed five-mile tunnel project? A) B) C) D) E)
92)
The best way to __________________ is to collect and archive data on past projects. A) B) C) D) E)
93)
Past bridge projects, $230 million Past tunnel projects, $260 million Past highway projects, $200 million Past building projects, $230 million Past construction projects, $230 million
train estimators assist project managers improve estimates forecast project duration estimate project costs
Top-down methods are used for all but which of the following intended usages? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Feasibility/conceptual phase Rough time/cost estimate Budgeting and scheduling Fund requirements Resource capacity planning
25
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 94) Identify and briefly describe the two major classifications of estimating project time and costs.
95) List and briefly describe four reasons why estimating time and cost are important to project management.
96) Identify and briefly describe three out of the six factors that should be considered to improve the quality of estimates for project times and costs.
97) Under what conditions would the top-down approach to estimating project times and costs be the best choice?
98) Under what conditions would the bottom-up approach to estimating project times and costs be the best choice?
Version 1
26
99) Describe the ideal approach for a project manager to develop optimal estimates for a project's time and costs.
100) Estimates should be based on normal conditions, efficient methods, and a normal level of resources. Explain.
101) Describe phase estimating. When should it be used and how is it different from all other top-down and bottom-up methods of estimating?
102)
Identify the drawbacks to an excessive detail in estimating project times and costs.
103)
Identify the three major categories of project costs and give an example of each.
104)
List and briefly explain two reasons why estimates may need to be refined.
Version 1
27
105) Beyond scope and complexity, what do mega projects have in common? Name at least three common characteristics.
106) When is it best to use a top-down estimate? When is a bottom-up estimate most appropriate?
107) Suppose you have entered into a fixed-price contract and the customer wants details as to how much each work package will cost, how long each work package will take time wise; in this case which approach would you use—bottom up or top down and why? Explain.
108) Two to five years prior to actual execution of a project, companies need rough-cut estimates as to total duration and cost of each of the projects they are considering from a strategic perspective. For these projects they have prior experience doing similar projects in the past. Which method will they use—top down or bottom up and why? Explain.
Version 1
28
109) A project to return Americans to the moon has been estimated to cost $100 billion and take five years to complete, but past similar projects have cost 30% more and taken 20% longer. What should the revised estimates for cost and time be? Because of the long duration, the effects of the time value of money should be taken into consideration—what does this do to the estimated budget and duration. Assume a 3% annual inflation rate.
110) Thinking holistically, suppose a never-before-done project is being estimated in which there is unstable scope. There is high uncertainty in the duration and cost of each work package. What impact will this have on the project schedule and budget? A bottom-up detailed estimate of total project duration, project schedule, project budget and cost is needed immediately prior to execution of the project. What method will you use, assuming a rough-cut top-down estimate of duration and cost already has been determined (perhaps months, years ago) for the entire project?
111) Thinking holistically, suppose a new, unique project is being estimated in which there is unstable scope. There is high uncertainty in the duration and cost of each work package. Uncertainty as to which work packages to include/exclude is abundant. A project of this type has never been done before and the customer is uncertain of what they want. There are no previous similar projects or a history data base of work package durations and costs to work from. Topdown estimates of total project cost and duration do not exist. You have a dedicated team of ten seasoned project professionals working for you. You worked hard to develop a well-structured WBS for the project. Each work package (there are ten) has been assigned (by you as project manager) to exactly one project professional to develop and complete. You wish to do a bottomup definitive determination of overall project duration and cost. The customer wants cost and duration details. Under such circumstances, how would you proceed? What assumptions would you have to make? How would you come up with estimates as to duration and cost for each work package?
Version 1
29
Version 1
30
Answer Key Test name: Chap 05_8e 1) FALSE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) FALSE 6) FALSE 7) FALSE 8) TRUE 9) FALSE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) TRUE 14) FALSE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) FALSE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) TRUE 26) C Version 1
31
27) A 28) B 29) A 30) D 31) B 32) A 33) D 34) C 35) B 36) A 37) B 38) A 39) D 40) E 41) B 42) C 43) C 44) D 45) D 46) B 47) C 48) E 49) D 50) E 51) D 52) D 53) E 54) B 55) A 56) C Version 1
32
57) A 58) D 59) B 60) D 61) B 62) C 63) E 64) C 65) E 66) C 67) A 68) B 69) C 70) E 71) D 72) A 73) C 74) C 75) A 76) C 77) D 78) E 79) C 80) B 81) D 82) D 83) A 84) B 85) C 86) D Version 1
33
87) B 88) A 89) B 90) C 91) B 92) C 93) C 94) (1) Top-down estimates are made for the project as a whole and typically made by top management; (2) Bottom-up estimates are made at the work package level and by those responsible for completing the work packages. 95) Estimating time and cost are important to project management because they are needed to support good decisions, to schedule work, to determine how long the project should take and its cost, to determine whether the project is worth doing, to develop cash flow needs, to determine how well the project is progressing and to develop a timephased budget. 96) (1) Planning horizon; (2) Project duration; (3) People; (4) Project structure and organization; (5) Padding estimates; (6) Organization culture. 97) In the early stages of a project to help develop the initial plan, in making strategic decisions, in projects of high uncertainty, in small internal projects, or in projects with an unstable scope. 98) When low-cost, efficient estimates are needed, when time and cost are important, when working on a fixed price contract, or when the customer wants details, as per Table 5.1 in the text. 99) The ideal approach is to allow enough time and budget for both the top-down and bottom-up estimates to be worked out and included in the final plan.
Version 1
34
100) Normal conditions are sometimes difficult to discern, but it is necessary to have a consensus in the organization as to what normal conditions mean in this project. This establishes a certain level of accuracy. 101) This approach starts with a top-down estimate and then estimates are refined after each phase of the project. Some projects cannot be clearly defined because of their uncertainty. Phase estimating uses a two-estimate system over the life of the project. A detailed estimate is developed for the immediate phase and a macro estimate is made for the remaining phases of the project. 102) If the estimate reflects excessive detail, there is a tendency to break the work effort into department assignments. This tendency can become a barrier to success, since the emphasis will be on departmental outcomes rather than on deliverable outcomes. Excessive detail also means more unproductive paperwork. 103) (1) Direct costs (labor, materials, equipment, other); (2) Project overhead costs (salaries of project managers, rent on space to house the project, etc.); (3) General and administrative overhead costs (advertising, accounting, and senior management of the organization). 104) (1) Interaction costs are hidden in estimates; (2) Normal conditions do not apply; (3) Things go wrong on projects; (4) Changes occur in project scope and plans. 105) Mega projects tend to go way over budget and fall behind schedule. They also under-deliver on benefits they were to provide. Finally, the cost to maintain the resulting final structure exceeds the benefits received in dollars. Examples include the new Denver Airport that opened in 1995, had a cost overrun of 200 percent and was completed two years later than planned. Another even more perverse venture was the Boston Big Dig Project.
Version 1
35
106) Based on Table 5.1 in the text, top-down estimates are best used for strategic decision making because they are less expensive than bottomup methods. It’s also better to use top-down estimates when there is high uncertainty and unstable scope and the project is small. It’s best to use bottom-up estimates when the opposite is true, when cost and time details are important to the customer and when a fixed-price contract is used. 107) Based on Table 5.1 in the text, top-down estimates are best used for strategic decision making because they are less expensive than bottomup methods. It’s also better to use top-down estimates when there is high uncertainty and unstable scope and the project is small. It’s best to use bottom-up estimates when the opposite is true, when cost and time details are important to the customer and when a fixed-price contract is used. 108) Based on Table 5.1 in the text, top-down estimates are best used for strategic decision making because they are less expensive than bottomup methods. It’s also better to use top-down estimates when there is high uncertainty and unstable scope and the project is small. It’s best to use bottom-up estimates when the opposite is true, when cost and time details are important to the customer and when a fixed-price contract is used. 109) Based on Reference Class Forecasting, the revised budget should be $130 billion and the revised duration should be six years. Taking into consideration the long project duration and the time value of money, the revised budget would have to be in excess of $130 billion and the revised duration longer than 6 years.
Version 1
36
110) The estimates derived from a work package bottom-up calculation of project schedule and budget may be so inaccurate as to not be useful. There are several methods discussed in the chapter that could be applied. However, this seems to be a perfect fit for a hybrid phase estimating method. 111) The project manager can ask each project professional assigned to a work package how long it will take him or her to complete the work package. Based on the direct and indirect costs associated with a work package of x days in duration, a cost then be calculated. These work package costs and durations can then be rolled up in the purest of bottom-up approaches to come up with accurate project durations and costs. Project duration must be determined based on a Gantt Chart or Network diagram.
Version 1
37
CHAPTER 6 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) An activity can include only one work package. ⊚ ⊚
2)
true false
A merge activity is one that merges with other activities into a succeeding activity. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) The WBS identifies dependencies, the sequencing of activities, and the timing of activities. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) The critical path is the shortest path through a network and indicates activities that cannot be delayed without delaying the project. ⊚ ⊚
5)
true false
An activity is an element of the project that always requires time. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) If a network has more than one critical path but noncritical activities have very little slack, the network is considered to have a high level of sensitivity. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7)
The backward pass determines project duration. ⊚ ⊚
8)
An activity cannot begin until ALL preceding connected activities have been completed. ⊚ ⊚
9)
true false
true false
In developing a project network, neither looping nor conditional statements are permitted. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) Experience suggests that when there are multiple starts, a common start node should be used to indicate a clear project beginning on the network. Similarly, a single project end node can be used to indicate a clear ending. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) Burst activities have more than one activity immediately following them (more than one dependency arrow flowing from them). ⊚ ⊚
12)
It is acceptable for arrows to cross one another in a network diagram. ⊚ ⊚
13)
true false
true false
The forward pass through a project network determines the critical path. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false 2
14) The backward pass through a project network determines slack or how long an activity can be delayed without impacting the completion date of the project. ⊚ ⊚
15)
true false
Different activities along the same path can have different total slack. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) If the project has a duration of 8 days, the project should be completed 8 days from the day it starts. ⊚ ⊚
17)
true false
It is possible for a project network to have more than one critical path. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) Using free slack does not delay any following activities and requires no coordination with managers of other activities. ⊚ ⊚
true false
19) Gantt charts are popular because they represent an easy-to-understand, clear picture on a time-scaled horizon. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
20) When completing a forward pass, you carry the early finish to the next activity where it becomes its early start unless the next succeeding activity is a merge activity. In this case you select the smallest early finish number of all its immediate predecessor activities. ⊚ ⊚
21)
Only activities that occur at the end of a chain of activities can have free slack. ⊚ ⊚
22)
true false
Within an Activity-on-Node network, the arrows depict activities to be accomplished. ⊚ ⊚
25)
true false
Even though a project network costs time and money to develop, it is worth the effort. ⊚ ⊚
24)
true false
Lags can be used to constrain the start and finish of an activity. ⊚ ⊚
23)
true false
true false
Negative slack can be estimated. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 26) Information to develop a project network is collected from the
Version 1
4
A) B) C) D) E)
organization breakdown structure. work breakdown structure. budget. project proposal. responsibility matrix.
27) Which of the following represents an activity on an activity-on-node (AON) project network? A) B) C) D) E)
28)
Arrows on an activity-on-node (AON) project network represent A) B) C) D) E)
29)
An arrow A line A node Both an arrow and a line An arrow, a line and a node all represent activities
an activity. project flow. dependency. project flow and dependency. an activity and dependency.
When translated into a project network, a work package will become A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
a single activity. one or more activities. a milestone. a critical path. an arrow.
5
30) Which of the following is provided by both the project network and the work breakdown structure? A) B) C) D) E)
31)
On a project network, the activity times are derived from the A) B) C) D) E)
32)
organization breakdown structure. work packages. budget. project proposal. responsibility matrix.
Which of the following does NOT help describe a project network? A) B) C) D) E)
33)
Dependencies Sequencing Interrelationships Activity duration Timing
A graphic display of the flow and sequence of work through the project Provides the basis for scheduling labor and equipment Gives the times when activities can start and finish and when they can be delayed Highlights major deliverables and identifies their completion dates Identifies critical activities
An activity that has more than one dependency arrow flowing into it is termed a(n) A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
parallel activity. critical path. burst activity. merge activity. independent activity.
6
34)
The critical path in a project network is the A) B) C) D) E)
35)
shortest path through the network. longest path through the network. network path with the most difficult activities. network path using the most resources. network path with the most merge activities.
A(n) _________ activity has more than one dependency arrow flowing from it. A) B) C) D) E)
parallel critical path burst merge independent
36) Which of the following can be used without coordinating with managers of succeeding activities? A) B) C) D) E)
37)
Total slack Free slack Critical float Float pad Slip pad
Activities which can take place at the same time are termed
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
38)
parallel activity. critical path. burst activity. merge activity. independent activity.
A sequence of connected, dependent activities is termed a(n) A) B) C) D) E)
path of events. parallel path. activity chain. path. dependent chain.
39) A project manager is building a project network that involves testing a prototype. She must design the prototype (activity 1), build the prototype (activity 2), and test the prototype (activity 3). Activity 1 is the predecessor for activity 2 and activity 2 is the predecessor for activity 3. If the prototype fails testing, she must redesign the prototype; therefore, activity 3 is a predecessor for activity 1. This is an example of A) B) C) D) E)
Conditional statements. Looping. Having more than one start node. Good network development. Natural network flow.
40) Which of the following is NOT one of the basic rules to follow when developing project networks?
Version 1
8
A) B) C) D) activities. E)
41)
Networks flow from left to right.
________ activities must be completed immediately before a particular activity. A) B) C) D) E)
42)
An activity cannot begin until all preceding activities have been completed. Each activity must have a unique identification number. Conditional statements are allowed but looping statements are not allowed. An activity identification number must be larger than that of any preceding
Merge Burst Predecessor Successor Parallel
________ activities are to be completed immediately following a particular activity. A) B) C) D) E)
Merge Burst Predecessor Successor Parallel
43) The forward pass in project network calculations determines all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
earliest time an activity can begin. earliest time an activity can finish. duration of the project. the critical path. how soon the project can finish.
9
44) The backward pass in project network calculations determines all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
45)
Which of the following correctly calculates the early finish for an activity? A) B) C) D) E)
46)
LS + DUR ES + DUR LF + DUR ES + SL LF + SL
Which of the following correctly calculates the late start for an activity? A) B) C) D) E)
47)
latest time an activity can begin. earliest time an activity can finish. the critical path. how long an activity can be delayed. latest time an activity can finish.
EF - DUR ES - DUR LF - DUR ES - SL LF - SL
The amount of time an activity can be delayed and yet not delay the project is termed
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
48)
total slack. free slack. critical float. float pad. slip pad.
Which of the following will correctly calculate the total slack in an activity? A) B) C) D) E)
LS - ES LF - EF LS - LF LF - ES Either LS - ES or LF - EF
49) The likelihood the original critical path(s) will change once the project is initiated is referred to as A) B) C) D) E)
50)
flexibility. resilience. sensitivity. concurrent engineering. rigidity.
Which of the following is true about hammock activities?
A) project. B) C) D) E)
Version 1
They are used to identify the use of fixed resources or costs over a segment of a They are a combination of Start to Start and Start to Finish lags. They are activities in which the costs are not subject to change. They are an alternative description for the critical path. They are highly sensitive.
11
51) If, for some reason, the project must be expedited to meet an earlier date, which of the following actions would the project manager take first? A) B) C) D) E)
Check to see which activities cost the least. Check to see which activities have the longest duration. Check to see which activities are on the critical path. Check to see which activities have the most slack. Check to see which activities have the highest risk.
52) The assumption that all immediately preceding activities must be 100% complete is too restrictive in some situations. When an activity is broken down into smaller segments in order to start the succeeding activity sooner, this is called A) B) C) D) E)
hammock activities. concurrent engineering. a forward pass. dissecting. laddering.
53) If a project has more than one activity that can begin when the project is to start, a common start node should be used to indicate a clear project beginning on the network. Without a common start node, each path is a A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
critical path. parallel path. dangler path. multiple start path. confused path.
12
54) A purchasing agent is responsible for ordering hardware for a custom home his company is building. The contractor installing the hardware is scheduled to start in 5 working days, but the hardware is on backorder and will not arrive for another 9 working days. Fortunately, the purchasing agent has 10 days of slack; however, he shares this slack with the hardware installer. He will have to let the contractor know that the hardware will be ready 4 days later than expected and that the slack for the installer has been reduced by 4 days. The purchasing agent and the installer share 10 days of A) B) C) D) E)
free slack. shared slack. total slack. critical slack. functional slack.
55) The minimum amount of time a dependent activity must be delayed to begin or end is referred to as A) B) C) D) E)
hammock. laddering. lag. cushion. buffer.
56) The requirement for a freshly poured foundation to cure before beginning construction is an example of which of the following type of lag? A) B) C) D) E)
Start to Start Start to Finish Finish to Finish Finish to Start Any of these could be correct
57) Concurrent engineering, which has dramatically reduced the development time for new products, relies on what kind of lag? Version 1
13
A) B) C) D) E)
Start to Start lags Start to Finish lags Finish to Finish lags Finish to Start lags Any of these could be correct
58) If testing cannot be completed any earlier than four days after the prototype has been built, what type of lag exists? A) B) C) D) E)
Start to Start Start to Finish Finish to Finish Finish to Start Any of these could be correct
59) When completing a backward pass, you carry the LS to the next preceding activity to establish the LF, unless the next preceding activity is a burst activity, in which case you select A) B) C) D) E)
the smallest LS of all its immediate successor activities to establish the LF. the largest ES of all its immediate successor activities to establish the LF. the average LS of all its immediate successor activities to establish the LF. the smallest ES of all its immediate successor activities to establish the LF. the largest LS of all its immediate successor activities to establish the LF.
60) System documentation cannot end until three days after testing has started. This is an example of which kind of lag? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Start to Start Start to Finish Finish to Finish Finish to Start Any of these could be correct
14
61)
A project network provides the basis for A) B) C) D) E)
62)
When creating a project network, your primary input source will be the A) B) C) D) E)
63)
project charter. work packages. risk plan. communication plan. requirements document.
A _________ activity is one that has more than one activity immediately following it. A) B) C) D) E)
64)
organizational authority. completing the effort on time and within budget. scheduling labor and equipment. hierarchical understanding of task relationships. understanding the structural relationships.
Burst Merge Parallel Slack Dangling
A _________ activity is one that has more than one activity immediately preceding it. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Burst Merge Parallel Slack Dangling
15
65) A _________ activity is one that has more than one activity taking place at the same time. A) B) C) D) E)
Burst Merge Parallel Slack Dangling
66) One piece of information that the arrows within the Activity-on-Node network can convey is A) B) C) D) E)
67)
the duration of an activity. the amount of risk inherent in an activity. how activities are related. ES and EF for the activity. LS and LF for the activity.
The amount of delay within a task that will not delay the overall project is known as a A) B) C) D) E)
total slack. estimated effort. opportunity cost. free slack. both total slack and free slack.
68) After the total slack for each activity is identified, the project manager can more easily identify the
Version 1
16
A) B) C) D) E)
69)
An element in the project that consumes time is a(n) ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
70)
event activity milestone network objective
The activity time estimates used to build a project network are derived from ________. A) B) C) D) E)
71)
earned value. critical path. earliest start date. total project slack. total budget.
project charter scope statement requirements doc work packages project plan
An activity that has more than one predecessor is a _________ activity. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
burst parallel merge critical dangling
17
72) The delaying of any activity on the __________ will delay the completion of the project by the same amount. A) B) C) D) E)
network critical path WBS gantt chart responsibility assignment matrix
73) For any activity that has one or more predecessors, the ________ time is always the largest early finish of any of its predecessors. If the early finish times of an activity’s predecessors were 85, 70 and 55, then this time would be the largest of these three early finish times or 85. A) B) C) D) E)
74)
A(n) _____________ calculates project duration. A) B) C) D) E)
75)
early finish late finish early start late start free slack
forward pass backward pass circular pass complete enumeration late finish
A(n) ________ activity has more than one successor activity.
Version 1
18
A) B) C) D) E)
76)
A(n) _____________ calculates how late an activity can start and finish. A) B) C) D) E)
77)
forward pass backward pass circular pass complete enumeration late finish
In a project network, recycling through a set of activities or __________ is not permitted. A) B) C) D) E)
78)
parallel merge burst critical dangling
looping forward pass backward pass circular pass late finish
In a project network, ________ indicate activity dependency and project flow. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
nodes arrows boxes labels slacks
19
79) ________ slack must be coordinated with all participants in the activities that follow in the chain. A) B) C) D) E)
Free Static Total Dynamic Flexible
80) Activities that must occur immediately before a given activity are called ________ activities. A) B) C) D) E)
81)
predecessor successor prior immediate concurrent or parallel
Activities that must immediately follow a given activity are called ________ activities. A) B) C) D) E)
predecessor successor prior immediate concurrent or parallel
82) Activities that can occur while another activity is taking place are called ________ activities.
Version 1
20
A) B) C) D) E)
83)
predecessor successor prior immediate concurrent or parallel
The ________ calculates the earliest times that activities can start or finish. A) B) C) D) E)
backward pass universal pass forward pass concurrent pass parallel pass
84) The ________ calculates the critical path and determines how long an activity can be delayed without delaying the project. A) B) C) D) E)
backward pass universal pass forward pass concurrent pass parallel pass
85) An activity has a duration of 10 days. Its early start is 5 and its late start is 8. This activity has _____ days of total slack. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
1 2 3 4 5
21
86) ________ slack is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without delaying any immediately following (successor) activity can never be negative. A) B) C) D) E)
Free Static Total Dynamic Flexible
87) A(n) ________ is the minimum amount of time a dependent activity must be delayed to begin or end. A) B) C) D) E)
saunter lag lead wane hobble
88) When an activity with a long duration is broken into smaller segments so that the following activities can begin sooner it is called __________. A) B) C) D) E)
89)
stair-casing waterfalling laddering stair-stepping segmentation
The longest path through a project network is called the _________.
Version 1
22
A) B) C) D) E)
project duration complete path calculated total path analytical path critical path
90) ___________ reflects the likelihood the original critical path(s) will change once the project is initiated. A) B) C) D) E)
Near-critical path Sensitiveness Sensitivity Reactivity Acuteness
91) A network has only one critical path and the slack for noncritical activities is high. This network would appear to have a _______ level of sensitivity A) B) C) D) E)
moderate high extreme low very high
92) The _________ lag is the most typical type of lag that is encountered in developing networks. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
finish-to-start start-to-start finish-to-finish start-to-finish developing lag
23
93) A(n) __________ activity is frequently used to identify the use of fixed resources or costs over a segment of the project. A) B) C) D) E)
Ham-lock Hammer Hamper Hammock Hamburger
94) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the critical path? A) B) C) D) E)
A-D-F-G A-D-E-G A-C-F-G A-B-E-G A-B-F-G
95) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node.
Version 1
24
Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network above to determine the following. What is the duration of the critical path? A) B) C) D) E)
26 27 28 29 30
96) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the late start time for activity E (how late can activity E start?)?
Version 1
25
A) B) C) D) E)
10 11 12 13 14
97) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the early start for activity A (how soon can activity A start)? A) B) C) D) E)
0 5 13 22 23
98) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
Version 1
26
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the late finish time for activity G (what is the latest that activity G can finish)? A) B) C) D) E)
26 27 28 29 30
99) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the total slack for activity D?
Version 1
27
A) B) C) D) E)
0 1 2 3 4
100) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the total slack for activity F? A) B) C) D) E)
0 1 2 3 4
101) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
Version 1
28
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What kind of activity is activity F? A) B) C) D) E)
Non-critical activity Critical activity Merge activity Burst activity Both critical activity and merge activity
102) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. Suppose activity D were to slip by two days, taking its duration from six to eight days. What would be the effect on overall project duration?
Version 1
29
A) B) C) D) E)
Cannot be determined Project duration would increase by two days. Project duration would remain the same. Project duration would decrease by two days. Project duration would increase by four days.
103) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
8
A
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. Considering the lengths of all the paths, this project is _____ with maximum slack associated with any one activity of ____ days. A) B) C) D) E)
insensitive, 2 sensitive, 2 insensitive, 10 sensitive, 28 insensitive, 28
104) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
Version 1
30
B
8
A
C
7
A
D
6
A
E
9
B, C, D
F
10
B, C, D
G
5
E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. Considering the lengths of all the paths, which of these paths is shortest and what is its length? A) B) C) D) E)
A-B-F-G, 28 A-D-E-G, 20 A-D-E-G, 25 A-C-E-G. 26 A-C-E-G, 28
105) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the critical path?
Version 1
31
A) B) C) D) E)
A-B-F-G A-B-E-G A-C-D-G A-C-E-G A-C-F-G
106) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network above to determine the following. What is the duration of the critical path? A) B) C) D) E)
60 58 45 43 28
107) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
Version 1
32
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the late start time for activity E (how late can activity E start)? A) B) C) D) E)
10 20 25 30 50
108) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the early start for activity F (how soon can activity F start)? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
0 15 21 30 46
33
109) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the late finish time for activity G? A) B) C) D) E)
50 55 60 65 70
110) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the total slack for activity D? Version 1
34
A) B) C) D) E)
0 2 4 15 17
111) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What is the total slack for activity F? A) B) C) D) E)
15 16 17 18 19
112) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
Version 1
35
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. What kind of activity is activity B? A) B) C) D) E)
Non-critical activity Critical activity Merge activity Burst activity Both critical activity and burst activity
113) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. Suppose activity D was to slip by ten days, taking its duration from three to thirteen days. What would be the effect on overall project duration?
Version 1
36
A) B) C) D) E)
Cannot be determined Project duration would increase by ten days. Project duration would remain the same. Project duration would decrease by ten days. Project duration would increase by four days.
114) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
B
20
A
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. Considering the lengths of all the paths, this project is _____ with maximum slack associated with any one activity of ____ days. A) B) C) D) E)
Insensitive, 2 Sensitive, 2 Insensitive, 15 Sensitive, 15 Insensitive, 17
115) Consider the following table of activities A through G in which A is the start node and G is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
10
--
Version 1
37
B
20
A
C
5
A
D
3
B, C
E
20
B, C
F
4
B, C
G
10
D, E, F
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the network associated with this table and determine the following. Considering the lengths of all the paths, which of these paths is shortest and what is its length? A) B) C) D) E)
A-B-F-G, 31 A-D-E-G, 22 A-D-E-G, 25 A-C-E-G. 20 A-C-D-G, 28
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 116) How does the WBS differ from the project network? How are WBS and project networks linked?
117) Briefly describe looping and conditional statements and explain why they are not allowed when developing project networks.
118) When completing the forward pass, the project duration is determined. A project duration of 45 days doesn't mean that if the project were to start today it would be complete in 45 days. Explain.
Version 1
38
119) In the network computation process what is a forward pass and what three things does it determine?
120) In the network computation process what is a backward pass and what four things does it determine?
121)
What is the difference between free slack and total slack?
122)
What is a Gantt chart and what advantages does it have over project networks?
123) When completing a forward pass, you carry the early finish to the next activity where it becomes its early start, unless the next succeeding activity is a merge activity. In this case you select the largest early finish number of all its immediate predecessor activities. Why do you select the largest early finish number?
Version 1
39
124)
What is a lag and give an example of when you would need to use one?
125)
What is a hammock activity and give an example?
126) What is the Concurrent Engineering Approach and why should project managers be aware of it?
127)
Identify the four types of lags giving an example for each type.
128) Briefly describe some of the useful benefits to the project manager that are derived from thorough development of a project schedule.
Version 1
40
129) Identify burst activities and merge activities in the following network. Determine the critical path, total slacks for each activity and project duration for the network represented by the following table. Discuss the degree of sensitivity embodied by the network. Activity
Predecessor
Duration (days)
A
--
100
B
A
60
C
A
150
D
A
20
E
D
30
F
B
200
G
F
50
H
F, C
150
I
F
60
J
G, I, H
120
K
E
30
L
H
10
M
K
5
N
J, L, M
30
130) On a piece of scratch paper, draw an early-start Gantt Chart for the following table. What does a Gantt Chart tell you that a network chart does not? Activity
Predecessor
Duration (days)
A
--
100
B
A
60
C
A
150
D
A
20
E
D
30
F
B
200
G
F
50
H
F, C
150
I
F
60
Version 1
41
J
G, I, H
120
K
E
30
L
H
10
M
K
5
N
J, L, M
30
131) Determine the critical path, total slacks for each activity and project duration for the network represented by the following table. Discuss the degree of sensitivity embodied by the network. Activity
Predecessor
Duration (days)
A
--
1
B
A
30
C
A
60
D
A
30
E
D
20
F
B
45
G
C,F
95
H
G
50
I
E
50
J
I
90
K
H,J,L
75
L
C
155
M
K
120
N
M
20
Version 1
42
Answer Key Test name: Chap 06_8e 1) FALSE 2) FALSE 3) FALSE 4) FALSE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) FALSE 8) TRUE 9) TRUE 10) TRUE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) TRUE 16) FALSE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) FALSE 25) FALSE 26) B Version 1
43
27) C 28) D 29) B 30) D 31) B 32) D 33) D 34) B 35) C 36) B 37) A 38) D 39) B 40) C 41) C 42) D 43) D 44) B 45) B 46) C 47) A 48) E 49) C 50) A 51) C 52) E 53) C 54) C 55) C 56) D Version 1
44
57) A 58) C 59) A 60) B 61) C 62) B 63) A 64) B 65) C 66) C 67) A 68) B 69) B 70) D 71) C 72) B 73) C 74) A 75) C 76) B 77) A 78) B 79) C 80) A 81) B 82) E 83) C 84) A 85) C 86) A Version 1
45
87) B 88) C 89) E 90) C 91) D 92) A 93) D 94) E 95) C 96) E 97) A 98) C 99) C 100) A 101) E 102) C 103) B 104) C 105) B 106) A 107) D 108) D 109) D 110) E 111) B 112) B 113) C 114) E 115) E
Version 1
46
116) The network is developed from the information collected from the WBS and is a graphic flow chart of the project job plan. Networks provide the project schedule by identifying dependencies, sequencing, and timing of activities the WBS is not designed to do. 117) Looping is the attempt by the network designer to return to an earlier activity. If looping were allowed paths would continuously repeat themselves. Conditional statements are "if/then" statements. If conditional statements were allowed, the network would make little sense and would not be able to accomplish many of its objectives. 118) The project duration gives you an estimated number of working days necessary to complete the project. It doesn't consider weekends, holidays, overtime, etc. 119) Starting with the first activity, each path is traced forward through the network, adding times until the end of the project. This determines (1) how soon each activity can start, (2) how soon each activity can finish, and (3) how soon the entire project can be completed. 120) Starting with the last activity, each path is traced backward through the network, subtracting times until the beginning of the project. This determines (1) how late each activity can start, (2) how late each activity can finish, (3) the critical path, and (4) how long each activity can be delayed without changing the completion date. 121) Total slack tells us the amount of time an activity can be delayed and not delay the project. Use of total slack must be coordinated with all participants in the activities that follow in the chain. Free slack is the amount of time an activity can be delayed without delaying any immediately following activity. It requires no coordination with other managers.
Version 1
47
122) Gantt charts are bar charts where activities are displayed as horizontal bars on a horizontal time-scale. They are easy-to-read and provide a clear overview of the project schedule and progress against that schedule. It explicitly exhibits activity starting dates and stopping dates. This depiction is sometimes referred to as a schedule. It shows, for any given date, what activities are currently ongoing. Because a network chart does not have a timeline, it cannot show any dates. 123) Acknowledging that the finish number represents the activities' early finish, the largest early finish number is selected because all preceding activities must be completed before an activity can begin. If anything less than the largest number is chosen, there will not be enough time for all preceding activities to finish. 124) A lag is the minimum amount of time a dependent activity must be delayed to begin or end. Lags occur during laddering and avoid delays and they are also used to constraint the start and finish of an activity. 125) A hammock activity identifies the use of a resource over a segment of the project. Thus, its duration is determined by the duration of other activities. The example used in the text was for a color copier during specific phases of a project. 126) The chainlike sequence of finish-to-start relationships is replaced by a series of start-to-start lag relationships as soon as meaningful work can be initiated for the next phase. The resulting overlap of tasks slightly increases risk but results in a much shorter schedule. 127) (1) Finish-to-Start; (2) Start-to-Start; (3) Finish-to-Finish; (4) Startto-Finish. 128) The project manager will learn many things:1) Total project duration2) The critical path3) Which tasks have slack and thus can be delayed4) How to shorten total project duration without additional costs5) The starting and stopping date for each task6) Where to place milestones7) Approximate human resource requirements Version 1
48
129) The burst activities are A, F and H. The merge activities are easy to identify from the table, They are the activities with more than one predecessor—H, J and N. The critical path is A—B—F—H—J—N and its length is 660 days—the duration of the project. Activities on the critical path all have 0 slack. Noncritical activities have the following slacks (shown in parenthesis): C(110), D(445), E(445), G(100), I(90), K(445), L(110), M(445). The slack amounts are all substantial—the smallest is at activity I where there are 90 days (three months) of slack. The project has only one critical path. This is not a network that has much sensitivity as there are no near critical paths or near-critical activities and only one critical path. 130) The Gantt Chart, because its horizontal axis is always a timeline, shows when (what day) each activity will start and end. 131) The burst activities are A, and C. The merge activities are easy to identify from the table, They are the activities with more than one predecessor—G and K. The critical path is A—B—F—G—H—K— M—N and its length is 480 days—the duration of the project. Activities on the critical path all have 0 slack. Noncritical activities have the following slacks (shown in parenthesis): C(15), D(65), E(65), I(65, J(65), L(40). The slack amounts are all substantial—the smallest is at activity C where there are 15 days of slack. This is not a network that has much sensitivity as there are no near critical paths or activities. There are only four paths through this network, the closest near critical path is A—C—G—H—K—M—N and its length is 465, only 15 days away. We would characterize this network as moderately sensitive and assign a team leader to watch near-critical path A—C—G—H—K— M—N to make certain that it does not exceed the critical path in length (i.e., go over its scheduled completion time by more than 15 days or become more than 15 days delayed at any time during the project).
Version 1
49
CHAPTER 7 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) The probability that a risk event will occur is higher during the initial stages of a project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) Risk events that occur in the early stages of a project will have a greater cost impact than those that occur in later stages. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) Risk management is a reactive approach that is designed to ensure that surprises are reduced and that negative consequences associated with undesirable events are minimized. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) One common mistake that is made early on in the risk identification process is to focus on consequences and not on the events that could produce consequences. ⊚ ⊚
5)
The project being delayed is an example of a major risk that should be assessed. ⊚ ⊚
6)
true false
true false
The first step in the risk management process is risk assessment. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7) A risk profile is a list of questions that have been developed and refined from previous, similar projects. ⊚ ⊚
8)
true false
The risk identification process should be limited to just the core project team. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) While a "can do" attitude is essential during implementation, project managers have to encourage critical thinking when it comes to risk identification. ⊚ ⊚
10)
Responses to all identifiable risks should be a top priority for the project manager. ⊚ ⊚
11)
true false
true false
When considering risk value, the lower the value, the higher the level of risk. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) If, during risk response development, you successfully identify how you will respond to a risk, contingency planning is unnecessary. ⊚ ⊚
true false
13) Adopting proven technology instead of experimental technology is an example of mitigating a risk.
Version 1
2
⊚ ⊚
true false
14) A risk is an uncertain event that, if it occurs, can have a positive or negative effect on project objectives. ⊚ ⊚
15) risk.
Performance bonds, warranties, and guarantees are financial instruments used to share ⊚ ⊚
16)
true false
true false
Fixed-price contracts are an example of transferring risk from an owner to a contractor. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) When developing a response to a risk by scheduling outdoor work in the summer, investing in up-front safety training, or choosing high-quality materials, these are examples of retaining a risk. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) Contingency reserves are set up to cover identified risks associated with specific segments of a project while management reserves are set up to cover unidentified risks associated with the total project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
19) Change management systems involve reporting, controlling, and recording changes to the project baseline. Version 1
3
⊚ ⊚
true false
20) Enhancing a risk is a tactic that seeks to eliminate the uncertainty associated with an opportunity to ensure that it definitely happens. ⊚ ⊚
21)
true false
Contingency funding is made up of contingency reserves and management reserves. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) Although most risks are presented as something not desirable, there can also be desirable risks called Opportunities. ⊚ ⊚
23)
true false
Opportunities identified within a project are treated very different from risks. ⊚ ⊚
true false
24) Having an environment where identified risks are treated professionally will lead to better control of risks. ⊚ ⊚
true false
25) A risk, which when analyzed, is discovered to have very modest downside but huge upside potential or opportunity. Such risks should be transferred, escalated and exploited. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
4
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 26) An uncertain event or condition that, if it occurs, has a positive or negative effect on project objectives is termed a A) B) C) D) E)
27)
The chances of a risk event occurring as a project proceeds through its life cycle tend to A) B) C) D) E)
28) to
random chance. disaster. risk. hazard. bad luck.
slowly rise. drop sharply and then level out. rise sharply and then level out. remain about the same. slowly drop.
The cost impact of a risk event occurring as a project proceeds through its life cycle tends
A) B) C) D) E)
rise sharply. drop sharply and then level out. rise sharply and then level out. remain about the same. slowly drop.
29) The attempt to recognize and manage potential and unforeseen trouble spots that may occur when a project is implemented is known as
Version 1
5
A) B) C) D) E)
30)
Which of the following is NOT one of the steps in the risk management process? A) B) C) D) E)
31)
Risk response development Risk assessment Risk identification Risk tracking Risk response control
The initial step in the risk management process is to A) B) C) D) E)
32)
risk forecasting. risk management. contingency planning. scenario analysis. disaster protection.
determine the level of acceptable risk. assess the risk potential. identify the risks. set aside funds for managing the risks. appoint a risk manager.
One common mistake made early in the risk identification process is to A) B) C) D) E)
not consider all possibilities. encourage participants be over optimistic. support participants being over pessimistic. focus on consequences and not on the events that could produce consequences. give too much attention to past events.
Version 1
6
33) Organizations use __________ in conjunction with work breakdown structures to help management teams identify and eventually analyze risk. A) B) C) D) E)
34)
risk breakdown structures contingency breakdown structures scenario analysis organizational breakdown structure risk assessment
Which of the following groups should NOT be a part of the risk identification process? A) B) C) D) E)
Project team Customers Subcontractors Vendors All of these groups can be included in the risk identification process
35) After your team has successfully identified potential risks that could affect the project, what is the next step? A) B) C) D) E)
36)
Create a risk breakdown structure Assess identified risks Create contingency plans Decide how to respond to all risks Mitigate risks
A list of questions that address traditional areas of uncertainty on a project is termed a
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
risk profile. questionnaire. research matrix. query. checklist.
37) _______________ focuses on how to respond to events that have a positive impact on a project. A) B) C) D) E)
38)
Tools such as a risk assessment form and a risk severity matrix are used to A) B) C) D) E)
39)
Risk management Opportunity management Value management Contingency management Prospect management
identify risks. control risks. assess risks. regulate risks. respond to risks.
Based on the following, which event should you be most concerned about?
Risk Event Bad weather Design flaw Accident Shipment delay Power outage
Version 1
Likelihood 2 3 1 2 1
Impact 3 5 5 2 5
8
A) B) C) D) E)
Bad weather Design flaw Accident Shipment delay Power outage
40) _____________ is a measure of how easy it would be to notice that a risk event was going to occur in time to take mitigating action, that is, how much warning you would have. A) B) C) D) E)
Detection difficulty Impact scaling Probability analysis Awareness level Warning assessment
41) Purchasing an accident insurance policy would be an example of responding to a risk by _____________ it. A) B) C) D) E)
mitigating retaining escalating transferring avoiding
42) The risk management tool that is divided into three color-coded zones representing major, moderate, and minor risks is the risk A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
assessment form. responsibility matrix. scenario assessment. impact assessment. severity matrix.
9
43)
The risk assessment form contains all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
44)
likelihood of the risk event occurring. potential impact of the risk event. who will detect the occurrence of the risk event. difficulty of detecting the occurrence of the risk event. when the risk event may occur.
Risks are evaluated in terms of A) B) C) D) E)
likelihood and cost. cost and schedule. impact and cost. time and impact. likelihood and impact.
45) Adopting proven technology instead of experimental technology in order to eliminate technical failure would be an example of which risk response? A) B) C) D) E)
46)
Mitigating Retaining Escalating Transferring Avoiding
Which of the following activities might you consider adding a time buffer to?
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
47)
A fixed price contract is an example of A) B) C) D) E)
48)
Mitigating Retaining Ignoring Transferring Avoiding
Which of the following is NOT included in a Failure Mode and Effects Analysis? A) B) C) D) E)
50)
avoiding risk. transferring risk. accepting risk. escalating risk. mitigating risk.
Which of the following is NOT one of the potential responses to a specific risk event? A) B) C) D) E)
49)
Activities with severe risks Merge activities that are prone to delays Activities with scarce resources Noncritical activities with very little slack You might consider adding a time buffer to any of these activities.
Impact Probability Detection Risk value All of these are included
A Risk Response Matrix contains all of the following EXCEPT
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
51)
a contingency plan. a trigger. who is responsible. a response. when the risk will occur.
A key distinction between a risk response and a contingency plan is
A) a risk response is established only for moderate risks while contingency plans are established for major risks. B) a risk response is part of the actual implementation plan and action is taken before the risk can materialize, while a contingency plan goes into effect only after the risk has transpired. C) a risk response is only effective when you are able to assess the likelihood of the risk and its impact on the project; all other risks are covered by contingency planning. D) a risk response is created by the project team and the project manager while the project manager and the customer agree on the contingency plan. E) a risk response is action that is the response to a risk once it has happened and the contingency plan is created by the customer if the risk response fails.
52) The risk associated with the unlikelihood that one of the key members will be struck by lightning would most likely be handled by which of the following? A) B) C) D) E)
Mitigating Retaining Escalating Transferring Avoiding
53) Funds that are for identified risks that have a low probability of occurring and that decrease as the project progresses are called ______ reserves.
Version 1
12
A) B) C) D) E)
54)
Risks that can result in a system or process that will not work are known as A) B) C) D) E)
55)
management unidentified risk contingency padded just in case
technical risks. funding risks. schedule risks. cost risks. unnecessary risks.
One of the following five choices is NOT involved in risk control. Which choice is it? A) B) C) D) E)
Executing the risk response strategy Initiating contingency plans Establishing a change control system Establishing contingency funds Watching for new risks
56) One of the choices below refers to major unforeseen risks and endeavors to supply funds for the same. Which choice is it? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Project reserves Management reserves Time buffers Activity reserves Contingency reserves
13
57)
Change management systems are designed to accomplish all of the following EXCEPT
A) track all changes that are to be implemented. B) review, evaluate, and approve/disapprove proposed changes formally. C) identify expected effects of proposed changes on schedule and budget. D) reflect scope changes in baseline and performance measures. E) All of these are examples of what change management systems are designed to accomplish.
58)
An unanticipated event that occurs which is beneficial to a project is known as a(n) A) B) C) D) E)
Management Reserve Success Factor Opportunity Risk Desirable event
59) This response is used to remove any uncertainty associated with an identified opportunity. A) B) C) D) E)
Exploit Share Enhance Accept Escalate
60) This response allocates some or all of the responsibility of realizing the identified opportunity for the project.
Version 1
14
A) B) C) D) E)
61)
This response is used to increase the potential effect of an identified opportunity. A) B) C) D) E)
62)
Exploit Share Enhance Accept Escalate
Exploit Share Enhance Accept Escalate
This response is used when an identified opportunity is not actively pursued. A) B) C) D) E)
Exploit Share Enhance Accept Escalate
63) A ____________ (responsible for the work package) involved in risk assessment and mitigation will help focus attention on all aspects of risk management. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
project manager line person stakeholder team leader project sponsor
15
64)
Including the change control system within the ________ is a key to a successful project. A) B) C) D) E)
65)
The implications of an identified change need to be assessed by A) B) C) D) E)
66)
work breakdown structure project baseline risk management plan work breakdown structure and project baseline project baseline and risk management plan
the primary project stakeholder. the chief fiscal officer. a person with expertise related to the change. the authorizing project manager. the program manager.
Most changes on a project are related to A) B) C) D) E)
scope changes. improvement changes. implementing contingency plans. customer-driven changes to requirements. All of these alternatives are correct.
67) An uncertain event or condition that, if it occurs, has a positive or negative effect on project objectives is known as a __________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
milestone risk happening instant in time event whose probability of occurrence is unknown
16
68)
The likelihood of a risk occurring _____ as a project goes through its life cycle. A) B) C) D) E)
69)
Which of the following is the first step to risk management? A) B) C) D) E)
70)
Risk identification Risk assessment Risk response development Risk response control Risk qualitative/quantitative analysis
The significance of a risk is assessed in terms of the _____ and the ______ of the risk. A) B) C) D) E)
71)
increases decreases moderates amplifies becomes more probable
notoriety, visibility frequency, visibility impact, visibility likelihood, impact visibility, impact
A list of questions that address traditional areas of uncertainty on a project is known as a A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
risk template risk profile risk questionnaire risk appraisal risk assessment
17
72) The measurement of how easy it would be to detect that the event was going to occur in time to take mitigating action (i.e., how much warning time we would have) is known as __________. A) B) C) D) E)
risk measurement mitigation risk assessment detection difficulty detection measurement
73) The ________ form identifies each risk event, the likelihood of it occurring, the potential impact, when it may occur, and the degree of difficulty in detecting it. A) B) C) D) E)
risk measurement mitigation detection difficulty risk assessment risk alleviation
74) The ________ matrix is divided into red, yellow, and green zones representing major, moderate, and minor risks. A) B) C) D) E)
risk measurement mitigation detection difficulty risk assessment risk severity
75) According to the Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA), Impact × Probability × Detection = __________.
Version 1
18
A) B) C) D) E)
risk severity risk assessment risk value risk mitigation risk difficulty
76) When considering risk response development, reducing the likelihood that an event will occur and/or reducing the impact that an adverse event would have on a project is known as _________ the risk. A) B) C) D) E)
escalating mitigating avoiding transferring eliminating
77) When considering risk response development, changing the plan to eliminate the risk or condition is known as ____________ the risk. A) B) C) D) E)
transferring escalating avoiding retaining diminishing
78) When considering risk response development, passing risk to another party instead of changing it is known as ____________ the risk.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
transferring escalating avoiding retaining diminishing
79) When considering risk response development, assuming the risk because the chance of such an event is slim is known as _________ the risk. A) B) C) D) E)
transferring mitigating avoiding retaining escalating
80) Testing a new project on a smaller isolated area prior to installing it for the entire organization is an example of ________ a risk. A) B) C) D) E)
81)
transferring escalating avoiding retaining mitigating
Performance bonds, warranties, and insurance are examples of ________ a risk. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
transferring escalating avoiding retaining mitigating
20
82) Choosing to move a concert indoors to eliminate the threat of bad weather is an example of ____________ a risk. A) B) C) D) E)
transferring escalating avoiding mitigating retaining
83) Flooding would be devastating to the project; however, it is very unlikely. The project manager is most likely to __________ this risk. A) B) C) D) E)
prepare for retain diminish distribute acknowledge
84) The event or point in time when a contingency plan will be implemented is called a(n) _________. A) B) C) D) E)
trigger milestone threshold contingency event execute event
85) ________ reserves are identified for specific work packages and are distributed by the project manager and the team members.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
Incremental Contingency Additional Work package Incidental
86) Which of the following responses best characterizes how to respond to a risk that has considerable upside, or opportunity? A) B) C) D) E)
Mitigate risk Avoid risk Transfer risk Escalate risk Retain risk
87) ________ reserves are controlled by the project manager and the owner of the project and are used to cover major unforeseen risks to the entire project. A) B) C) D) E)
Management Contingency Budgetary Unforeseen Incidental
88) What is the risk value of a risk whose impact score is 5, whose probability score is 5 and whose detection score is 1? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
5 25 125 11 10
22
89) The lowest risk value that an identified risk can take is ________, while the highest risk value that an identified risk can take is ______. A) B) C) D) E)
1, 125 0, 1 × 10 to the 300 power 1, 25 0, 5 1, 5
90) A ____________ is an alternative that will be used if a possible foreseen risk event becomes a reality. A) B) C) D) E)
management plan risk management plan contingency plan alternative plan alternative risk plan
91) _____________ systems involve reporting, controlling, and recording changes to the project baseline. A) B) C) D) E)
92)
Proactive management Total management Change management Productive management Production management
Which verb best characterizes the concept of ‘Escalate’ when used as a risk response.
Version 1
23
A) B) C) D) E)
93)
Enhance Exacerbate Notify Increase Accelerate
Which of the following risks are likely to be retained? A) B) C) D) E)
Risks of high consequence Risks of low likelihood Risks of high likelihood Risks that are escalated Risks that are transferred
94) Just as contingency funds are established to absorb unplanned costs, managers use ______to cushion against potential delays.? A) B) C) D) E)
95)
Management reserves Time buffers Budget reserves Project buffers Project reserves
What kind of plan goes into place should a risk event actually occur? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
A project plan A risk response A mitigation plan A contingency plan An escalation and enhancement plan
24
96) The table that shows each risk event as rows while columns will identify the name of the risk, the response to the risk, the contingency plan and the trigger is called what? A) B) C) D) E)
Responsibility assignment matrix Risk response matrix Risk identification table Risk characterization table Risk assessment matrix
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 97) Describe the relationship between the likelihood of a risk event occurring and the cost of fixing the risk event as a project proceeds through its life cycle.
98)
Identify and briefly describe the four steps in the risk management process.
99) What is the difference between mitigating a risk and a contingency plan? Provide real life examples that illustrate the difference.
100) What is the purpose of using tools such as a risk assessment form and a risk severity matrix?
Version 1
25
101) Why might an organization be opposed to developing and implementing a thorough risk management process?
102) Give a real-life example of mitigating a risk, avoiding a risk, transferring a risk, escalating a risk and retaining a risk.
103)
What is a "trigger" and why is it important when planning contingencies?
104)
Identify and briefly describe the five ways to respond to identified risks.
105)
What is the difference between contingency reserves and management reserves?
106)
What is Change Control Management and what function does it perform?
Version 1
26
107) When considering risk management, what is an opportunity? List and briefly describe 5 different responses to an opportunity.
108) List the major response choices for negative risks. Do the same for positive risks (opportunities).
Version 1
27
Answer Key Test name: Chap 07_8e 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) FALSE 4) TRUE 5) FALSE 6) FALSE 7) TRUE 8) FALSE 9) TRUE 10) FALSE 11) FALSE 12) FALSE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) FALSE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) FALSE 24) TRUE 25) FALSE 26) C Version 1
28
27) E 28) A 29) B 30) D 31) C 32) D 33) A 34) E 35) B 36) A 37) B 38) C 39) B 40) A 41) D 42) E 43) C 44) E 45) E 46) E 47) B 48) C 49) E 50) E 51) B 52) B 53) C 54) A 55) D 56) B Version 1
29
57) E 58) C 59) A 60) B 61) C 62) D 63) B 64) D 65) C 66) E 67) B 68) B 69) A 70) D 71) B 72) D 73) D 74) E 75) C 76) B 77) C 78) A 79) D 80) E 81) A 82) C 83) B 84) A 85) B 86) D Version 1
30
87) A 88) B 89) A 90) C 91) C 92) C 93) B 94) B 95) D 96) B 97) In the early stages of the project life cycle the probability of a risk event occurring is greater than at any other time and the cost to fix it is lower than at any other point. As time passes the probability of occurrence drops lower and lower while the cost rises. 98) (1) Risk Identification-all possible risks are identified; (2) Risk Assessment-risks are assessed in terms of importance and need for attention; (3) Risk Response Development-plans are developed to respond if the risk actually occurs; (4) Risk Response Control-the actual response to the risk and controlling changes associated with the risks. 99) The key distinction between a risk response or, for example, mitigating a risk, and a contingency plan is that a response is part of the actual implementation plan and action is taken before the risk can materialize, while a contingency plan is not part of the initial implementation plan and goes into effect only after the risk is recognized.
Version 1
31
100) These tools are used to assess risk. After risk identification there are many risks that are trivial and can be ignored. The risk assessment form and risk severity matrix help assess the probability of the event occurring and the impact of the event on the project. After assessment, responses are developed only for risks that pose serious threats to the welfare of the project. 101) Managing risk takes time and money, which may deter organizations from implementing a management process. Organizational culture may also play a role in how much an organization values risk management. 102) Mitigating a risk: duplicate systems, backup systems, alternate technology development. Avoiding a risk: moving a concert indoors to avoid potential negative weather conditions. Transferring risk: fixedprice contract, insurance. Escalating risk: notifying upper-level management of the risks possible through just a minor change to a product. Retaining risk: accept the risk of a lightning strike because the likelihood is so low. 103) A trigger is an event or point in time when the contingency plan will be implemented. It is not only important to know what you will do if a risk event actually occurs but at what point will it be implemented. This discourages implementing the plan too soon or waiting too long and potentially increasing the negative impact of the risk. 104) (1) Mitigate the risk-involves reducing the likelihood that the event will occur and/or reducing the impact that the adverse event would have on the project; (2) Avoid the risk-changing the project plan to eliminate the risk; (3) Transfer the risk-passing a risk to another party; (4) Retain the risk-making a conscious decision to accept the risk of an event occurring; (5) Escalating risk occurs when the project encounters a threat that is outside the scope of the project or the authority of the project manager. Version 1
32
105) Contingency reserves are controlled by team participants and have been identified for known risks that have a low chance of occurring and are directly associated with specific work packages. Management reserves are controlled by the project manager and the project "owner" and cover items which were unforeseen usually at the total project level. 106) Change Control Management is the formal process for making and tracking changes once a project has started. Any changes must be detailed and accepted by the project team. Risks associated with making changes are thus assessed and documented. 107) An opportunity is an event that can have a positive impact on project objectives. One can exploit an opportunity or seek to eliminate the uncertainty associated with it, share an opportunity or allocate some ownership of an opportunity to another party who is best capable of capturing it, enhance the opportunity or increase the probability and/or positive impact of an opportunity, escalate the opportunity by notifying the appropriate people within the organization, or accept the opportunity by taking advantage of it if it occurs, but not pursue it. 108) Negative risk choices: mitigate, avoid, transfer, escalate, retain. Positive risk choices: exploit, share, enhance, escalate, accept.
Version 1
33
CHAPTER 8 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) The fact that you must pour foundation before you frame the house and that you have to frame the house before you can put on the roof demonstrates scheduling constraints. ⊚ ⊚
2)
true false
Too many parallel activities for one individual is an example of a resource constraint. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) The level of resources each activity will need to be completed in the given amount of time has been estimated; therefore, there are no resource constraints. ⊚ ⊚
4)
true false
Resource leveling or smoothing is only used on projects which are resource constrained. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) Resource bottlenecks are one of the three more common problems encountered in managing multiproject resource schedules. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) The inability to fit more than two earth movers on a construction site at the same time when more are needed to complete the activity on time is an example of a physical constraint. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7)
In a resource-constrained project, the completion date is most likely to change. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) Having too few programmers and too many engineers is an example of a people resource constraint. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) If a project needs one earth mover six months from now in order to complete one activity, and the organization has four such machines, there is no equipment resource constraint. ⊚ ⊚
10)
A lack of readily available engineers is a technical constraint. ⊚ ⊚
11) it.
true false
true false
Resource dependency takes priority over technological dependency but it does not violate ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) To determine if a project is time-constrained or resource-constrained you would consult the project priority matrix. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
2
13) Sequential activities hold just as much potential for resource conflicts as parallel activities. ⊚ ⊚
true false
14) All leveling techniques delay noncritical activities by using positive slack to smooth out the resource requirements. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) Since resource leveling or smoothing delays noncritical activities, a common result is a decrease in network sensitivity. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) Scheduling projects classified as resource-constrained focuses on completing the project as soon as possible under the given resource constraints. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) When resource constraints are added to technical constraints the original project network may change as well as the completion date. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) When scheduling activities in a resource-constrained project typically the activity scheduled first has the most amount of slack. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
19) A project budget report is showing our project as spending $82,000 against a budgeted amount of $85,000. We can assume that everything is going as planned and that we are under budget. ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) Splitting is a scheduling technique used to get a better schedule or better resource utilization and should be used without hesitation. ⊚ ⊚
21)
true false
Without a time-phased budget a good project schedule and cost control are impossible. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) If resources are truly limited and activity time estimates are accurate, the resourceconstrained schedule will materialize as the project is implemented, not the time-constrained schedule. ⊚ ⊚
23)
Project managers should always assign the best people to the most difficult tasks. ⊚ ⊚
24)
true false
true false
Resource constraints can be overcome by creative and efficient scheduling. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
4
25) Project management software is important because it will manage the project for the project manager. ⊚ ⊚
true false
26) Comparing Planned Costs versus Actual Costs will give the project manager a quick understanding of the status of the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
27) Having individual staff members assigned to multiple simultaneous tasks is an efficient way to split tasks and get tasks accomplished more efficiently. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 28) Resources are adequate, but demand varies widely over the life of the project. Delaying noncritical activities to lower peak demand on resources is known as resource A) B) C) D) E)
29)
shifting. effectiveness. manipulating. smoothing. allocation.
If resources are not adequate to meet peak demands, the resulting reschedule is termed
Version 1
5
A) B) C) D) E)
resource-constrained scheduling. time-constrained scheduling. mandatory leveling. project resource adjustment. allocation.
30) Which of the following is NOT a potential consequence of failing to identify limited resources before project implementation? A) B) C) D) E)
Activity delays Project delays Difficulty in taking quick corrective action Increase costs Scope creep
31) When developing a new software package, logically, the software must be designed before the code is written, and the code must be written before it is tested. These activities are dependent on each other by _________ constraints. A) B) C) D) E)
physical technical resource schedule time
32) When considering the sequence and timing of activities, which of the following is NOT one of the types of project network constraints?
Version 1
6
A) B) C) D) E) network.
Physical Technical Resource Time All of these are types of constraints that could impact structure of the project
33) A project engineer has been scheduled to run the product system test at the same time as building a marketing prototype. This is an example of what type of resource constraint? A) B) C) D) E)
Physical Technical People Equipment Time
34) A test engineer is to conduct environmental testing but the chamber cannot hold all the equipment that needs to be tested. This is an example of a constraint that could impact the sequence and timing of activities in a project network. What type of constraint is it? A) B) C) D) E)
35)
Physical Technical Resource Scheduling Time
All of the following are types of resource constraints EXCEPT
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
materials. people. equipment. information. human.
36) A project purchasing agent is trying to order the concrete needed to continue the project. However, the supplier will not be able to deliver it until next week. This is an example of what kind of resource constraint? A) B) C) D) E)
Working capital People Equipment Information Materials
37) A special truck that is needed on the project has been assigned to another project. This is an example of what type of resource constraint? A) B) C) D) E)
Working capital People Equipment Information Materials
38) Most of the scheduling methods available today require the project manager to classify the project as either _______ constrained or ______ constrained.
Version 1
8
A) B) C) D) E)
time, quality quality, resource cost, time quality, cost time, resource
39) A project leader’s boss has indicated that their project is very important. If the critical path is delayed, the lead will be given whatever is needed to get it back on schedule. The project is classified as ________ constrained. A) B) C) D) E)
time quality cost performance resource
40) In reviewing the status of a project with top management, a team leader was told that there are only two programmers that can be used for the project. The project is classified as __________ constrained. A) B) C) D) E)
41)
time quality cost performance resource
All resource leveling techniques involve
Version 1
9
A) B) C) D) E)
delaying noncritical activities. delaying critical activities. using negative slack. delaying the project. adding resources.
42) Technical constraints have been carefully considered when developing a project network. Which of the following is true at this point? A) Resources have been assigned to each activity so they are adequate to complete the project on time. B) Technical dependencies between activities are known. C) The project completion date can be established. D) The project is ready to be implemented. E) All of these are true statements once technical constraints have been established.
43) A project scheduler is working on a project that technically allows three activities to be done at the same time. If they were to be implemented at the same time, the scheduler would need 5 contractors in order for the activities to be completed on time. There are only 3 available for the project. This is an example of what type of constraint? A) B) C) D) E)
44)
Technical People Equipment Physical Materials
Resource leveling or smoothing can have all the following results on a project EXCEPT
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
lower peak resource demand. reduced resource need over the life of the project. reduced fluctuations in resource demand. a longer project duration. a more sensitive network.
45) A project scheduler is trying to reallocate resources in a time-constrained project to create smoother resource utilization. The scheduler should first identify activities with the A) B) C) D) E)
46)
smallest duration. least slack. most slack. lowest identification number. highest cost.
In a resource-constrained project, which of the following is most likely to be changed? A) B) C) D) E)
The completion date The budget Project quality Resource levels Scope creep
47) In a resource-constrained project, the first, or primary, priority in assigning resources is usually given to activities with the A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
smallest duration. least slack. most slack. lowest identification number. highest cost.
11
48) In a resource-constrained project the second priority in assigning resources is usually given to activities with the A) B) C) D) E)
smallest duration. least slack. most slack. lowest identification number. highest cost.
49) A project leader has realized that two activities in the project cannot be done at the same time because not enough resources are available. Activity 3 is critical and has a duration of 5 days. Activity 4 has 2 days of slack and a duration of 2 days. How will the project leader decide which activity should be scheduled first? A) B) C) D) E)
50)
The activity with the smallest duration The activity with the least slack The activity with the most slack The activity with the lowest identification number The activity with the highest cost
Splitting an activity can result in all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
more people working on the same activity. possible startup and shutdown costs. a resource being moved from one activity to another and then back. activity work being placed on hold for a period until more resources are available. a better project schedule.
51) All of the following are benefits of scheduling resources before project implementation EXCEPT
Version 1
12
A) it allows time for considering reasonable options if resource constraints do exist. B) the project completion date can be established. C) work packages can be time-phased. D) it allows managers to share resources with other project managers if it is requested without negatively impacting their project. E) it ensures low network sensitivity.
52) These are all guidelines a project manager should consider when assigning project work EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
select people with compatible work habits and personalities. always assign the best people to the most difficult tasks. when possible, team veterans up with new hires. select individuals with skillsets that complement each other. have people work together early so that they can become familiar with each other.
53) When a company will reduce the number of projects they have to manage internally to only core projects and send noncritical projects to contractors and consulting firms this is called A) B) C) D) E)
outsourcing. redistribution of projects. project allocation. task sharing. referring.
54) Which of the following is NOT one of the more common problems associated with scheduling multi-project resources?
Version 1
13
A) B) C) D) E)
Overall schedule slippage Inefficient resource utilization Decline in project quality Resource bottlenecks Delays in one project causing delays in other projects
55) In a resource-constrained project the third priority in assigning resources is usually given to activities with the A) B) C) D) E)
56)
Why is it necessary to have a time-phased budget baseline? A) B) C) D) E)
57)
smallest duration. least slack. most slack. lowest identification number. highest cost.
It allows proper resource allocation. It shows how much work was accomplished for the money spent. It reduces schedule slippage when scheduling multiproject resources. It is not necessary to have a time-phased budget baseline. It reduces fluctuations in cash flow during the project.
Project budgets are developed by time-phasing which of the following? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Resource schedules Work packages The network diagram Critical activities None of these are time-phased to develop a project budget.
14
58) A project budget report is showing our project as spending $50,000 against a budgeted amount of $65,000. Which of the following is true? A) B) C) D) E)
We are spending less than we should for the project. We are doing a good job managing the project. We should check to see if all the bills have been paid. We have more money to put into budget reserves. We can't be sure how the project is going.
59) When there are not enough people, money, and/or equipment available for a project it is known as being A) B) C) D) E)
60)
When leveling schedules to overcome resource constraints, ___________ is increased. A) B) C) D) E)
61)
managerially resourceful. operationally successful. resource constrained. delayed without prejudice. project constrained.
impact of risks scheduling complexity cost amount of total slack amount of free slack
This is used to compare the cost accounts between organizational units and deliverables.
Version 1
15
A) B) C) D) E)
62)
When deciding which staff to team-up to work on work packages, factors to consider are: A) B) C) D) E)
63)
Chart of Accounts Earned Value Project Schedule Direct Labor Budget Rollup Comparison Audit
Work habits. Practical experience. Years of working in the company. Both work habits and practical experience. Both practical experience and years of working in the company.
While balancing assignments, a project manager must also balance: A) B) C) D) E)
Overall project cost. Talent development. Earned value. Work package slack. Project cost.
64) When looking at the critical path for a delayed project and the project manager sees that adding resources will reduce or remove the delay, the project manager knows that the project is: A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Over Allocated. Time-Constrained. Institutionally Challenged. Ahead of schedule. Unstable.
16
65) If resource demand varies widely over the life of the project, the project manager can try to use slack (delaying noncritical activities) to accommodate insufficient resources. This process is called____. A) B) C) D) E)
resource scheduling resource smoothing resource-constrained scheduling splitting resource accommodation
66) If it becomes necessary to delay one or several late starts to accommodate resource limitations, this is called: A) B) C) D) E)
Resource scheduling Resource smoothing Resource-constrained scheduling Splitting Resource accommodation
67) When developing project networks, which of the following is not a reason for delineating technical dependencies first before doing resource dependencies? A) The interrelationships and interactions among time and resource constraints are complex for even small project networks. B) Resource availability may not be known until the initial schedule is completed. C) Even if resources are known, one cannot assess the impact of limited resources until a resource-neutral schedule is created. D) An effort to examine the interactions between technical/logical constraints and resource limitations frequently uncovers surprising problems. E) All of these alternatives are reasons for delineating technical dependencies first before doing resource dependencies.
68) Which of the following questions does a project manager NOT have to address when considering resources allocated to a project? Version 1
17
A) B) C) D) E)
69)
Will the assigned labor be adequate and available to deal with my project? Will outside contractors have to be used? Will scope have to be redefined/stabilized? Do unforeseen resource dependencies exist? How much flexibility do we have in using resources?
Which constraint category should be considered before all others? A) B) C) D) E)
Logical and technical constraints Human resource constraints Material resource constraints Equipment resource constraints Time constraints
70) Delaying noncritical activities to lower peak demand and, thus, increase resource utilization is called resource __________. A) B) C) D) E)
smoothing slack utilization switching re-scheduling overtime
71) A(n) ________ constraint addresses the sequence in which project activities must occur even after considering resource constraints. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
predecessor technical or logic successor serial hard
18
72) When only one person is responsible for performing several activities, all due at the same time, this is an example of a(n) ________ constraint. A) B) C) D) E)
equipment materials technical resource logical
73) Renovation of a small compartment in a houseboat or camping trailer that is too small for more than one person is an example of a(n) ________ resource constraint. A) B) C) D) E)
physical people material equipment budget
74) A shortage of software developers to create software is an example of a(n) ________ type of resource constraint. A) B) C) D) E)
physical people material equipment budget
75) The shortage of memory chips to produce a printed circuit motherboard is an example of a(n) ________ type of resource constraint.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
physical people material equipment budget
76) If three copiers are needed to produce a final report on time and only two are available, the project is facing a(n) ________ type of resource constraint. A) B) C) D) E)
physical people material equipment budget
77) Resource dependency takes priority over the technological dependency but does not violate ___________ dependencies. A) B) C) D) E)
equipment time technical resource logical
78) In order that the new product is on the shelf for the Christmas buying season, the development of the new product would be classified as a(n) ________ -constrained project. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
equipment time technical resource logical
20
79) A project manager has two engineers assigned to the project and does not have access to more even if the result means extending the completion date on the project. The project manager is managing a(n) ________. A) B) C) D) E)
time-constrained project people-constrained project engineer-constrained project resource-constrained project human-constrained project
80) All leveling techniques delay noncritical activities by using ________ to reduce peak demand. A) B) C) D) E)
additional resources additional time positive risk additional people additional slack
81) When scheduling activities in a resource-constrained project, typically the activity scheduled first has the __________ amount of slack. A) B) C) D) E)
least most greatest maximum modest
82) Since resource leveling or smoothing delays noncritical activities, a common result is an increase in network ___________.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
complexity density sensitivity paths nodes
83) When the work in an activity is interrupted to work on another activity and is then resumed at a later point in time, it is called _________. A) B) C) D) E)
prioritizing preempting overriding splitting All of these alternatives are correct.
84) In scheduling resource-constrained projects, _________ are typically used rather than optimum mathematical solutions. A) B) C) D) E)
project managers program managers project leaders heuristics team leaders
85) In terms of project classification, ________ constrained means that project duration is fixed and resources are flexible. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
time people material resource equipment
22
86) When classifying projects, ________ constrained means that the amount of a specific resource is fixed and the duration of the project is flexible. A) B) C) D) E)
time people material resource equipment
87) When using the _______ scheduling technique, startup and shutdown costs are major considerations. A) B) C) D) E)
splitting critical path method PERT laddering lags
88) After resource leveling or smoothing, one goal is that the amount of resources needed over the life of the project will be ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
constant increased reduced minimized maximized
89) Many companies are ________ project work to contractors and consultants as a means of dealing with the peaks and valleys of resource allocation among projects.
Version 1
23
A) B) C) D) E)
offshoring outsourcing spinning-off doing assigning
90) When a project is classified as resource-constrained, a resource constraint exists, and positive slack is insufficient, then the project duration is typically __________. A) B) C) D) E)
without slack fixed extended flexible static
91) In reality resource allocation generally occurs in a(n) ___________ environment where the demands of one project have to be reconciled with the needs of other projects. A) B) C) D) E)
92)
uncertain multiproject budget-constrained risky controlled
Without a __________ budget a good project schedule and cost control are impossible. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
time-phased project cost baseline definitive forecasted firm
24
93)
A project cost baseline is also called __________. A) B) C) D) E)
earned value (EV) actual cost (AC) planned value (PV) budget distribution budget allocation
94) __________ is a technique that can be used to quickly solve the combinational problem of resource allocation. A) B) C) D) E)
Rules Heuristics Methods Algorithms Optimizations
95) Consider the following table of activities A through E in which A is the start node and E is the stop node. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
5
A
C
10
A
D
4
A
E
5
B, C, D
On a piece of scratch paper, construct the early-start Gantt Chart associated with this table. Assume the project starts on Monday, May 4, 2020 and no work is done on weekends (Saturday and Sunday). Given that the Month of May has 31 days, on what date is the project finished assuming sufficient resources?
Version 1
25
A) B) C) D) E)
Monday, May 25, 2020 Sunday, May 24, 2020 Friday, May 29, 2020 Tuesday, June 2, 2020 Monday, June 1, 2020
96) Consider the following table of activities A through E in which A is the start node and E is the stop node. Assume the project starts on Monday, May 4, 2020 and no work is done on weekends (Saturday and Sunday). Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
5
A
C
10
A
D
4
A
E
5
B, C, D
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the early-start Gantt Chart for the table above. What is the early-start date for activity D? A) B) C) D) E)
Monday, May 11, 2020 Saturday, May 9, 2020 Sunday, May 10, 2020 Tuesday, May 12, 2020 Wednesday, May 13, 2020
97) Consider the following table of activities A through E in which A is the start node and E is the stop node. Assume the project starts on Monday, May 4, 2020 and no work is done on weekends (Saturday and Sunday). Assume no working-day holidays during the months of May and June—no Memorial Day holiday, for example. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
5
A
Version 1
26
C
10
A
D
4
A
E
5
B, C, D
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the Gantt Chart for the table above. Given that the Month of May has 31 days, what is the late start date for activity D? A) B) C) D) E)
Monday, May 18, 2020 Tuesday, May 19, 2020 Wednesday, May 20, 2020 Sunday, May 17, 2020 Saturday, May 16, 2020
98) Consider the following table of activities A through E in which A is the start node and E is the stop node. Assume the project starts on Monday, May 4, 2020 and no work is done on weekends (Saturday and Sunday). Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
5
A
C
10
A
D
4
A
E
5
B, C, D
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the Gantt Chart for the table above. What is the late start date for activity E? A) B) C) D) E)
Monday, May 18, 2020 Tuesday, May 19, 2020 Friday, May 22, 2020 Tuesday, May 26, 2020 Monday, May 25, 2020
99) Consider the following table of activities A through E in which A is the start node and E is the stop node. Assume the project starts on Monday, May 4, 2020 and no work is done on weekends (Saturday and Sunday). All activities require the same resource. Assume no workingday holidays during the months of May and June—no Memorial Day holiday, for example.
Version 1
27
Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
5
A
C
10
A
D
4
A
E
5
B, C, D
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the early-start Gantt Chart associated with this table. Assume the project is resource-constrained but not time-constrained. Assume only one resource is available and that resource can only do one activity at a time. Given that the Month of May has 31 days, what would be the completion date for the project? A) B) C) D) E)
Monday, June 8, 2020 Wednesday, June 10, 2020 Friday, June 5, 2020 Thursday, June 11, 2020 Thursday, June 4, 2020
100) Consider the following table of activities A through E in which A is the start node and E is the stop node. Assume all activities require the same resource. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
5
A
C
10
A
D
4
A
E
5
B, C, D
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the early-start Gantt Chart associated with this table and determine the following. Assume the project is resource-constrained but not time-constrained. Assume only one resource is available and that resource can only do one activity at a time. Activities B, C and D all have the same early start date (time). Since there is only one resource, only one of the activities B, C, D can be started on the early start date. Which should be started first?
Version 1
28
A) B) C) D) E)
Activity B Activity C Activity D Both activities B and D Either activity B or activity D
101) Consider the following table of activities A through E in which A is the start node and E is the stop node. The project is time-constrained and the project manager wishes to minimize the number of resources required at any given time. Each activity requires a single resource. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
5
A
C
10
A
D
4
A
E
5
B, C, D
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the early-start Gantt Chart associated with this table and determine which activity should be delayed? A) B) C) D) E)
Activity B Activity C Activity D Both activities C and D Either activity B or activity D
102) Consider the following table of activities A through E in which A is the start node and E is the stop node. Assume all activities require the same resource. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
5
--
B
15
A
C
10
A
D
5
A
E
5
B, C, D
Version 1
29
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the early-start Gantt Chart associated with this table and determine the following. Assume the project is resource-constrained but not time-constrained. Assume only one resource is available and that resource can only do one activity at a time. Activities B, C and D all have the same early start date (time). Since there is only one resource, only one of the activities B, C, D can be started on the early start date. Which should be started first? A) B) C) D) E)
Activity B Activity C Activity D Both activities C and D Either activity B or activity D
103) Consider the following table of activities A through E in which A is the start node and E is the stop node. Assume all activities require the same resource. Activity
Duration (days)
Predecessor
A
20
--
B
5
A
C
10
A
D
10
A
E
5
B, C, D
On a piece of scratch paper, draw the early-start Gantt Chart associated with this table and determine the following. Assume the project is resource-constrained but not time-constrained. Assume only one resource is available and that resource can only do one activity at a time. Activities B, C and D all have the same early start date (time). Since there is only one resource, only one of the activities B, C, D can be started on the early start date. Which among activities B, C and D should be started first on the early start date? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Activity A Activity C Activity D Both activities A and D Either activity B or activity D
30
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 104) Identify and briefly describe the three types of project constraints that could impact or change the structure of project network.
105) What is the difference in project goals when using resource leveling on time-constrained projects and using it on resource-constrained projects?
106) Why is a schedule not a schedule until resources have been assigned? Provide a real-life example that illustrates your explanation.
107)
Identify and give an example of the three types of resource constraints.
108)
Identify and briefly describe two ways to classify projects with scheduling problems.
109)
List and briefly describe the disadvantages of resource leveling or smoothing.
Version 1
31
110)
What are the impacts of resource-constrained scheduling?
111) After constructing a project network based on technical constraints and reviewing resource requirements throughout the project, a project manager realizes many peaks and valleys in regard to resource usage. At one point the project manager needs 6 developers, but top management has made it very clear that she will not have access to more than 4. Classify this project in terms of the scheduling problem. What are the project manager’s options at this point?
112) When using resource-constrained scheduling, activities that were once scheduled to be completed at the same time now may have to be scheduled in sequence. What are the "rules of thumb" or heuristics that need to be followed to determine which activity is scheduled first?
113)
Why should project managers be cautious about using the splitting scheduling technique?
114) Why is it important to make efforts to identify resource scheduling problems before the project is implemented?
Version 1
32
115)
Why is it critical to form a time-phased budget?
116) If your project has spent $75,000 versus a budget of $70,000 and it is a week ahead of schedule, is it a certainty that your project is doing well? Explain why or why not.
Version 1
33
Answer Key Test name: Chap 08_8e 1) FALSE 2) TRUE 3) FALSE 4) FALSE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) TRUE 9) FALSE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) FALSE 19) FALSE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) FALSE 24) FALSE 25) FALSE 26) FALSE Version 1
34
27) FALSE 28) D 29) A 30) E 31) B 32) D 33) C 34) A 35) D 36) E 37) C 38) E 39) A 40) E 41) A 42) B 43) B 44) D 45) C 46) A 47) B 48) A 49) B 50) A 51) E 52) B 53) A 54) C 55) D 56) B Version 1
35
57) B 58) E 59) C 60) B 61) D 62) D 63) B 64) B 65) B 66) C 67) E 68) C 69) A 70) A 71) B 72) D 73) A 74) B 75) C 76) D 77) C 78) B 79) D 80) E 81) A 82) C 83) D 84) D 85) A 86) D Version 1
36
87) A 88) C 89) B 90) C 91) B 92) A 93) C 94) B 95) C 96) A 97) B 98) E 99) D 100) B 101) E 102) A 103) B 104) (1) Technical (logic)-the sequence that activities must be performed; (2) Resource-the absence of required people, materials, equipment, or working capital; (3) Physical-limitations based on space or environmental limits. 105) In time-constrained projects the goal is to smooth out the peaks and valleys and thus improve the utilization. In resource-constrained projects the goal is to achieve the shortest project duration given a limited supply of resources. 106) Before resources are assigned it is assumed that there will be adequate resources available once the project is implemented. Without assigning resources before implementation, resource constraints will be recognized during implementation and could have negative impacts on the project's deadline. Version 1
37
107) (1) People-by skill classification (engineer, programmer, salesperson); (2) Materials-paint, data, parts, etc.; (3) Equipmentcomputers, earth movers, office space. 108) (1) Time-constrained-the end date is fixed and needed resources are available; (2) Resource-constrained-the resources are fixed and the end date is flexible. 109) (1) Loss of flexibility; (2) Increased risk of project delay; (3) More critical or near critical activities. 110) Like leveling schedules, the limited resource schedule usually reduces slack, reduces flexibility by using slack to ensure delay is minimized, and increases the number of critical and near-critical activities. Since resources are not enough to accommodate the initial schedule, project duration is extended. 111) This project is classified as a resource-constrained project. The project manager can attempt the resource leveling or smoothing method. This may reduce the peak demand for resources, the fluctuations in resource demand, and it may even reduce the resources needed over the life of the project; however, if there is not enough slack to absorb the resource demand, The project manager will have to use resourceconstrained scheduling. With this method, the length of her project may be extended. 112) The first priority is to allocate resources to the activity with the least amount of slack, usually an activity on the critical path. If more than one activity has the same amount of slack, then select the activity with the smallest duration. If more than one activity has the same slack and the same duration, then select the activity that has the lowest identification number.
Version 1
38
113) The splitting technique is where an activity is interrupted and the resources are applied to another activity. The potential problems are in the additional shutdown and startup costs which are added as one moves from activity to activity prior to completing the original activity. 114) Failing to schedule limited resources can be costly and project delays will manifest themselves midway through the project when quick corrective action is difficult. Responding to scheduling issues early allows the project manager to establish a completion date and to prepare time-phased work package budgets. 115) Without a time-phased budget it is difficult to measure how much work has been done with the money spent. Without time phasing cost to match your project schedule, it is impossible to have reliable information for control purposes. 116) Not necessarily. You need more information to draw that conclusion. You do not know what work has been accomplished for the money spent.
Version 1
39
CHAPTER 9 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) There are more options available for reducing project time if you are not resource constrained. ⊚ ⊚
2)
true false
An activity must be crashed on each critical path in order to reduce project duration. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) Managers have several effective methods for crashing specific project activities when resources are not constrained. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) Indirect costs generally represent overhead costs such as supervision, administration, consultants, and interest. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) The total cost for each time unit of a project is the sum of labor, materials, and equipment. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) Direct costs are so named because they can be assigned directly to a work package and activity. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7) Because direct costs are assumed to be developed from "normal" methods and in a "normal" amount of time, any reduction in activity time should add to the costs of the activity. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) Total cost for specific project durations is computed and then compared with the benefits of reducing project time, before the project begins or while it is in progress. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) Incentive contracts can make the reduction of project time rewarding—usually for both the project contractor and owner. ⊚ ⊚
10)
Shortening an activity's duration is termed crashing. ⊚ ⊚
11)
true false
Brooks' law states that adding manpower to a software project helps keep it on schedule. ⊚ ⊚
13)
true false
When adding resources, there are limits as to how much speed can be gained. ⊚ ⊚
12)
true false
true false
The cost slope of an activity is calculated by dividing the run by the rise.
Version 1
2
⊚ ⊚
true false
14) If indirect costs are a significant percentage of total project costs, reductions in project time can represent very real savings. ⊚ ⊚
15)
The higher the cost slope of an activity the lower the cost to reduce its duration. ⊚ ⊚
16)
true false
Crashing frequently results in over allocation of resources. ⊚ ⊚
19)
true false
Crashing a more expensive activity may be wise if fewer inherent risks are involved. ⊚ ⊚
18)
true false
When crashing an activity, you always crash to its crash point. ⊚ ⊚
17)
true false
true false
Crashing can negatively impact the morale and motivation of the project team. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
20) When reducing project duration, there will always be an optimum cost-time point where the total cost of the project is less than it was when the project was initially planned under normal conditions. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) The accuracy of crash times and costs is frequently rough at best, when compared with normal time and cost. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) One of the advantages of using a project cost-duration graph is that it keeps the importance of indirect costs in the forefront of decision making. ⊚ ⊚
23)
Resources are frequently over-allocated when crashing a schedule. ⊚ ⊚
24)
true false
true false
For most projects, the estimation of a crash time is relatively easy. ⊚ ⊚
true false
25) Crashing activities on a project network that is sensitive could increase the risk of the project being late. ⊚ ⊚
26)
true false
Insensitive networks are a rarity; Planning for a sensitive network is more practical.
Version 1
4
⊚ ⊚
true false
27) Making the decision to crash is the result of careful fiscal analysis and deep understanding of the project. ⊚ ⊚
28)
true false
The simplest way to reduce cost on a project is to reduce the scope of a project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 29) Without any formal planning, the president of a high-tech company remarks in a speech that new technologically advanced routers will be available in one year. This may lead to a project that must be done faster than anticipated. This is an example of reducing project duration caused by A) B) C) D) E)
imposed project deadlines. time to market. unforeseen project delays. high overhead. incentive contracts.
30) Intense global competition and rapid technological advances create pressure to develop projects rapidly. This is an example of reducing project duration caused by
Version 1
5
A) B) C) D) E)
imposed project deadlines. time to market. unforeseen project delays. high overhead. incentive contracts.
31) A construction contractor finished a bridge across a river 12 months early and received more than $5 million for the early completion. This is an example of reducing project duration caused by A) B) C) D) E)
imposed project deadlines. time to market. unforeseen project delays. high overhead. incentive contracts.
32) Design flaws, equipment breakdown and adverse weather can create negative slack. These are examples of the need for reducing project duration on successive critical activities that was caused by
A) B) C) D) E)
33)
imposed project deadlines. time to market. unforeseen project delays. high overhead. incentive contracts.
In a Project Cost-Duration Graph, total project costs are a sum of
Version 1
6
A) B) C) D) E)
34)
Which of the following is NOT considered a project indirect cost? A) B) C) D) E)
35)
labor, material and equipment costs. direct costs plus interest. direct labor costs and the project manager's salary. direct costs and the project manager's salary. direct and indirect costs.
Supervision Consultants Equipment Interest The project manager's salary
As a project is crashed and project duration is reduced, indirect costs typically A) B) C) D) E)
increase. become unstable. decrease. become unreliable. stay the same.
36) Before crashing, direct costs for an activity represent normal costs, which typically mean low-cost, efficient methods for completing the activity in a(n) ________ amount of time. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
normal budgeted optimized expected targeted
7
37) The shortest possible time an activity can be completed realistically is called ___---_____ time. A) B) C) D) E)
38)
expedited accelerated crash optimistic optimal
As a project is crashed and project duration is reduced, direct costs typically A) B) C) D) E)
increase. become unstable. decrease. become unreliable. stay the same.
39) The direct cost for completing an activity in the shortest time it can realistically be completed in is called its __________ cost. A) B) C) D) E)
40)
normal reserve crash accelerated expedited
An activity's crash cost includes ________ costs.
Version 1
8
A) B) C) D) E)
41)
Cost slope can be determined by dividing the A) B) C) D) E)
42)
run by the rise. rise by the run. crash cost by the normal cost. normal cost by the crash cost. indirect cost by direct cost.
The less steep the cost slope of an activity, the A) B) C) D) E)
43)
direct indirect overhead total normal
less it costs to shorten one time period. more it costs to shorten one time period. smaller the crash time is. larger the crash time is. cannot be determined by the information given.
Which of the following correctly calculates an activity's cost slope? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
(normal cost - crash cost)/(normal time - crash time) (crash cost - normal cost)/(normal time - crash time) (normal time - crash time)/(crash cost - normal cost) (normal time - crash time)/(normal cost - crash cost) (crash cost - normal cost)/(crash time - normal time)
9
44) Helen has just learned that she needs to reduce the duration of her project to meet an imposed deadline. She has calculated the crash cost per unit and knows the maximum units each activity can be reduced. What is the next step? A) B) C) D) E)
45)
Find the activity with the lowest crash cost Calculate the optimum cost-time point Calculate the crash point Identify the critical path Find the activity with the highest crash cost
In selecting the best activity to crash you would first select the activity with the A) B) C) D) E)
least steep slope. earliest start time. longest duration. most steep slope. largest crash time.
46) When reducing project duration, the duration for a project that is optimal is at the point where A) B) C) D) E)
direct costs are the lowest. indirect costs are the lowest. direct costs equal indirect costs. total project costs are the lowest. the project changes from time-constrained to resource-constrained.
47) When reducing project duration, the crash cost per unit has to be calculated and the maximum units each activity can be reduced must be known. After this, the critical path must be identified. What is the next step?
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
Find the activity with the lowest crash cost Calculate the optimum cost-time point Calculate the crash point Calculate indirect cost per time unit Find the activity with the steepest cost slope
48) When determining which activity to crash, there are other factors that should be assessed beyond cost. Which of the following is NOT one of these factors? A) The inherent risk associated with the activity B) How crashing will impact the morale and motivation of the individuals working on that activity C) Resource availability after crashing that activity D) The level of difficulty involved in completing the activity E) When during the project the activity will occur
49)
Reducing project duration A) B) C) D) E)
involves crashing all activities to their crash point. can only be done when resources are not constrained. is always more expensive. tends to increase network sensitivity. should be considered for all projects.
50) An activity's normal time and cost are 10 and $120, respectively. Its estimated crash time and cost are 7 and $180, respectively. What is this activity's crash cost per time unit? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
$20 $30 $40 $50 $60
11
51)
The relationship between the normal point and the crash point is assumed to be A) B) C) D) E)
linear. curvilinear. variable. conversely related. exponentially related.
52) When a project manager must reduce project duration but resources are constrained, creating a software program that will have less functionality than originally planned or building a house without the bonus room and the basement that the owner originally specified in the plans would both be examples of A) B) C) D) E)
53)
fast-tracking. use critical-chain project management. reduce project scope. compromise quality. do it twice—fast and correctly.
Which of the following is NOT a rational reason to reduce project duration? A) B) C) D) E)
Incentive contracts High network sensitivity Imposed deadlines High overhead costs Unforeseen delays
54) Sometimes very high __________ costs are recognized before a project begins and reducing these costs through shorter project durations becomes a high priority.
Version 1
12
A) B) C) D) E)
55)
labor direct project overhead interest
One way of reducing project costs is identifying tasks that _________ can do themselves. A) B) C) D) E)
vendors suppliers customers company employees project teams
56) Which of the following projects would be least benefited if additional resources were added? A) B) C) D) E)
Splitting and stacking a cord of wood Developing new software Harvesting a crop by hand Building a cabin Moving to a new house
57) Which of the following is NOT one of the more commonly used options for cutting project costs? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Reduce project scope Have owner take more responsibility Move the completion date further out Brainstorm cost savings options Outsource project activities
13
58)
All of the following are disadvantages of scheduling overtime EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
overtime is associated with additional costs of coordination and communication. sustained overtime work by salaried employees may incur burnout. productivity is reduced the longer one is working. more hours results in higher expenses if paying workers hourly. continued overtime can lead to a higher turnover rate.
59) According to Brooks' Law, adding more people to a late project is most likely to have which of the following impacts? A) B) C) D) E)
Keep the project from slipping any further Get the project back on schedule Make the project slip further Lead to burnout Decrease team motivation
60) When it is necessary to reduce project duration and resources are constrained, which of the following is NOT a reasonable option? A) B) C) D) E)
Establish a core project team Fast-tracking Reduce project scope Compromise quality Use critical-chain project management
61) Which of the following is NOT a technique for accelerating project completion when resources are not constrained?
Version 1
14
A) B) C) D) E)
Assign additional staff and equipment Establish a core team Do it twice—fast and correctly Reduce project scope Compromise quality
62) When the project team is salaried, which of the following is the preferred choice for accelerating project completion? A) B) C) D) E)
Assign additional staff and equipment Subcontract work Schedule overtime Outsource project work Establish a core project team
63) It is going to cost $120,000 a day simply to house and feed a construction crew in the farthest reaches of northern Alaska. This would be an example of a situation requiring reducing the project duration due to A) B) C) D) E)
64)
imposed project deadlines. time to market. unforeseen project delays. high overhead. incentive contracts.
When crashing a schedule, this may set in when a least-cost method is used. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Increased risk Fatigue and resentment Increased cost Decrease in available management reserve Reduced quality
15
65)
A project that has several near-critical or critical paths is said to be A) B) C) D) E)
66)
Compressing activities on a project with a sensitive project network will: A) B) C) D) E)
67)
Increase risk of delaying the project. Improve cost-time crashing success. Reduce scheduling flexibility. Increase risk of delaying the project and reduce scheduling flexibility. Increase risk of delaying the project but improve cost-time crashing success.
An insensitive project network has the benefit of: A) B) C) D) E)
68)
elastic. fully consumed. inherently risky. sensitive. insensitive.
Not increasing risk as activities are initially crashed. Having potential for real cost savings when crashed. Having potential for significant time savings when crashed. Having potential for flexible scheduling. All of these alternatives are correct.
Which of the following is not likely to result in an imposed deadline?
Version 1
16
A) B) C) D) packing.” E)
Design flaws. Marketing promises the product to the customer within three months. The president announces availability of the product in one year. The chief technology officer says, “finish the projects in six months or start Intense global competition.
69) Consider the following table of activities that describes a project network. Which activity will you crash first? Activity
A
--
Normal duration (days) 10
B
A
20
10
$ 4,000
$ 6,000
C
A
5
4
$ 2,000
$ 4,000
D
B, C
3
2
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
E
B, C
20
10
$ 5,000
$ 10,000
F
B, C
4
3
$ 3,000
$ 4,000
G
D, E, F
10
5
$ 2,000
$ 5,000
A) B) C) D) E)
Predecessors
Crash Normal cost Crash cost duration (days) 5 $ 1,000 $ 3,000
A B C D E
70) There are fewer options available for reducing project time if you are __________________ than if you can spend more than your original budget. Version 1
17
A) B) C) D) E)
time-constrained vision-limited schedule-constrained resource-constrained physically-constrained
71) Consider the following table of activities that describes a project network. Which activity will you crash second? Activity
A
--
Normal duration (days) 10
B
A
20
10
$ 4,000
$ 6,000
C
A
5
4
$ 2,000
$ 4,000
D
B, C
3
2
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
E
B, C
20
10
$ 5,000
$ 10,000
F
B, C
4
3
$ 3,000
$ 4,000
G
D, E, F
10
5
$ 2,000
$ 5,000
A) B) C) D) E)
72)
Predecessors
Crash duration (days) 5
Normal cost
Crash cost
$ 1,000
$ 3,000
A B C D E
The ________ project cost is the sum of the indirect and direct costs.
Version 1
18
A) B) C) D) E)
accumulated total budgeted time-phased estimated
73) Overhead costs such as supervision, administration, consultants, and interest are examples of ________ project costs. A) B) C) D) E)
direct budgeted accumulated indirect time-phased
74) Costs such as labor, materials, equipment, or sub-contractors are examples of ________ project costs. A) B) C) D) E)
75)
direct budgeted accumulated indirect time-phased
Direct costs are assignable directly to a particular ________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
activity resource work package task milestone
19
76) Because direct costs are assumed to be developed from normal methods and in a normal amount of time, any reduction in activity time should ________ the direct cost of the activity. A) B) C) D) E)
decrease increase reduce expand approximate
77) In order to shorten the duration of a project the project manager should limit the choices of activities to just those that are on the __________. A) B) C) D) E)
shortest path path with the greatest variability critical path path with the least amount of resources required path with the most resources required
78) The ________ time for an activity represents low-cost, realistic, efficient methods for completing the activity under typical conditions. A) B) C) D) E)
79)
normal crash estimated accelerated completion
Reducing the duration of an activity is called ________.
Version 1
20
A) B) C) D) E)
80)
The direct cost for completing an activity as early as possible is called its ________ cost. A) B) C) D) E)
81)
reduction making smaller crashing re-assessment acceleration
budgeted time-limited crash minimal early completion
An activity's ________ is calculated by dividing the rise by the run. A) B) C) D) E)
run rate rise rate rise/run rate slope daily cost
82) When project managers know an activity's ________, they are able to compare which critical activities to shorten. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
importance resources duration customer-perceived value slope or crash cost per unit
21
83) Consider the following table of activities that describes a project network. How much reduction in project duration could you get from crashing activity C? Activity
A
--
Normal duration (days) 10
B
A
20
10
$ 4,000
$ 6,000
C
A
5
4
$ 2,000
$ 4,000
D
B, C
3
2
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
E
B, C
20
10
$ 5,000
$ 10,000
F
B, C
4
3
$ 3,000
$ 4,000
G
D, E, F
10
5
$ 2,000
$ 5,000
A) B) C) D) E)
Predecessors
Crash Normal cost Crash cost duration (days) 5 $ 1,000 $ 3,000
0 1 2 3 4
84) When considering whether to move the project to its optimum cost-time position, the manager should also consider ________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
resources budget team morale risk customers
22
85) An activity's normal time and cost are 12 and $150, respectively. Its estimated crash time and cost are 9 and $300, respectively. This activity's crash cost per time unit is ________. A) B) C) D) E)
$50 $100 $150 $300 $30
86) When you schedule ________ exclusively, you avoid the additional costs of coordination and communication when new people are added. A) B) C) D) E)
resources overtime contractors outsourcing activities
87) Consider the following table of activities that describes a project network. Without causing the critical path to become noncritical or otherwise wasting money, by how many days max could you crash this project? Assume you can crash only one activity at a time and that crashing is necessary regardless of cost. You do not want to crash the critical path(s) beyond the point where it (they) is no longer critical as this will not reduce project duration. Activity
A
--
Normal duration (days) 10
B
A
20
10
$ 4,000
$ 6,000
C
A
5
4
$ 2,000
$ 4,000
D
B, C
3
2
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
E
B, C
20
10
$ 5,000
$ 10,000
Version 1
Predecessors
Crash duration (days) 5
Normal cost
Crash cost
$ 1,000
$ 3,000
23
F
B, C
4
3
$ 3,000
$ 4,000
G
D, E, F
10
5
$ 2,000
$ 5,000
A) B) C) D) E)
88)
From 60 days to 50 days From 60 days to 40 days From 60 days to 30 days From 60 days to 20 days From 60 days to 10 days
As a project's duration is reduced, indirect costs are ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
increased decelerated accelerated compressed reduced
89) ____________ is the rearranging of the project network logic so that critical activities are done in parallel rather than sequentially. A) B) C) D) E)
Laddering Fast tracking Batching Concurrency Sequencing
90) Creation of the ___________ graph keeps the importance of indirect costs in the forefront of decision making.
Version 1
24
A) B) C) D) E)
network critical path project cost-duration release burndown risk breakdown
91) Consider the following table of activities that describes a project network. Is this network sensitive? Suppose indirect costs are $550/day. For how many days could you crash this network and still be saving money because crash costs/day are less than the indirect costs/day that would be saved? Activity
A
--
Normal duration (days) 10
B
A
20
10
$ 4,000
$ 6,000
C
A
5
4
$ 2,000
$ 4,000
D
B, C
3
2
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
E
B, C
20
10
$ 5,000
$ 10,000
F
B, C
4
3
$ 3,000
$ 4,000
G
D, E, F
10
5
$ 2,000
$ 5,000
A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Predecessors
Crash Normal cost Crash cost duration (days) 5 $ 1,000 $ 3,000
Yes, sensitive. 30 days. Yes, sensitive. 25 days. No, insensitive. 25 days. No, insensitive. 30 days. Neither sensitive nor insensitive. 35 days.
25
92) A reasonable, quick comparison between options for compressing activity times is based upon a _______________ assumption. A) B) C) D) E)
nonlinear additive divisibility linear quadratic
93) _________ is the first thing to consider when deciding whether or not an activity can be crashed. A) B) C) D) E)
Schedule risk Project impact Stakeholder impact Customer impact Inherent risk
94) Consider the following table of activities that describes a project network. What is the first activity you would crash? Activity
A
--
Normal duration (days) 5
B
A
8
5
$ 4,000
$ 7,000
C
A
7
4
$ 2,000
$ 4,000
D
B, C
6
3
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
E
B, C
9
5
$ 5,000
$ 8,000
F
B, C
10
6
$ 3,000
$ 5,000
G
D, E, F
5
4
$ 2,000
$ 5,000
Version 1
Predecessors
Crash duration (days) 3
Normal cost
Crash cost
$ 1,000
$ 4,000
26
A) B) C) D) E)
A B D F G
95) Consider the following table of activities that describes a project network. Without causing the critical path to become noncritical or otherwise wasting money, by how many days could you reduce the first activity that you would crash? Activity
A
--
Normal duration (days) 5
B
A
8
5
$ 4,000
$ 7,000
C
A
7
4
$ 2,000
$ 4,000
D
B, C
6
3
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
E
B, C
9
5
$ 5,000
$ 8,000
F
B, C
10
6
$ 3,000
$ 5,000
G
D, E, F
5
4
$ 2,000
$ 5,000
A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Predecessors
Crash duration (days) 3
Normal cost
Crash cost
$ 1,000
$ 4,000
0 day 1 day 2 days 3 days 4 days
27
96) Consider the following table of activities that describes a project network. Without causing the critical path to become noncritical or otherwise wasting money, what would be the second activity you would crash and how many days can you crash it? Activity
A
--
Normal duration (days) 5
B
A
8
5
$ 4,000
$ 7,000
C
A
7
4
$ 2,000
$ 4,000
D
B, C
6
3
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
E
B, C
9
5
$ 5,000
$ 8,000
F
B, C
10
6
$ 3,000
$ 5,000
G
D, E, F
5
4
$ 2,000
$ 5,000
A) B) C) D) E)
Predecessors
Crash duration (days) 3
Normal cost
Crash cost
$ 1,000
$ 4,000
A for 2 days B for 2 days C for 1 day B for 1 day A for 1 day
97) Consider the following table of activities that describes a project network. After all the crashing you can do is done (assuming you can crash only one activity at a time), how many paths are critical? Which activities remain noncritical? Would you characterize this network as sensitive or insensitive? Activity
A
Version 1
Predecessors
--
Normal duration (days) 5
Crash duration (days) 3
Normal cost
Crash cost
$ 1,000
$ 4,000
28
B
A
8
5
$ 4,000
$ 7,000
C
A
7
4
$ 2,000
$ 4,000
D
B, C
6
3
$ 1,000
$ 2,000
E
B, C
9
5
$ 5,000
$ 8,000
F
B, C
10
6
$ 3,000
$ 5,000
G
D, E, F
5
4
$ 2,000
$ 5,000
A) B) C) D) E)
Two critical paths, only C is noncritical, insensitive Three critical paths, only E is noncritical, sensitive Four critical paths, only D is noncritical, sensitive Three critical paths, only C is noncritical, sensitive Two critical paths, only E is noncritical, insensitive
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 98) Identify and briefly describe three out of the six reasons given in the text for attempting to reduce the duration of a project.
99) Why should a project manager be cautious when adding resources to reduce project duration?
100) The easiest way to add more labor to a project is not to add more people, but to schedule overtime. What are the disadvantages of scheduling overtime?
Version 1
29
101) Why is the project duration with the lowest direct costs seldom the optimum duration for a project?
102) Given an equal level of risk and the need to reduce overall project duration, why would you NOT select the activity with the least slope, in the entire project network, to crash first?
103)
What is crashing? Include a discussion of crash time and crash cost.
104)
How would you calculate an activity's slope and what does it represent?
105) Given that an activity's normal time and cost are 9 days and $150, respectively, and its crash time and cost are 6 days and $210, respectively, what is the activity's slope?
Version 1
30
106) What does it mean to say that a project network is sensitive and why is that important to a project manager who needs to reduce the duration of his or her project?
107) When do you know you have crashed project activities enough? In other words, when you are crashing a project, how do you know you are finished?
108) What if cost, not time, is the issue? What are some options available to project managers? Identify and briefly describe three.
ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper. 109) How is the optimum cost-time point determined? What are the conditions that must exist for one to be present at a project duration other than the duration originally created under normal conditions?
110) The cost-time crashing method relies on choosing the cheapest method for reducing the duration of the project. What are other factors that should be assessed beyond simply cost?
Version 1
31
Version 1
32
Answer Key Test name: Chap 09_8e 1) TRUE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) TRUE 5) FALSE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) TRUE 9) TRUE 10) TRUE 11) TRUE 12) FALSE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) FALSE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) FALSE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) FALSE 25) TRUE 26) FALSE Version 1
33
27) FALSE 28) TRUE 29) A 30) B 31) E 32) C 33) E 34) C 35) C 36) A 37) C 38) A 39) C 40) A 41) B 42) A 43) B 44) D 45) A 46) D 47) A 48) D 49) D 50) A 51) A 52) C 53) B 54) D 55) C 56) B Version 1
34
57) C 58) A 59) C 60) A 61) E 62) C 63) D 64) B 65) D 66) D 67) E 68) A 69) B 70) D 71) A 72) B 73) D 74) A 75) C 76) B 77) C 78) A 79) C 80) C 81) D 82) E 83) A 84) D 85) A 86) B Version 1
35
87) C 88) E 89) B 90) C 91) C 92) D 93) E 94) D 95) B 96) D 97) C 98) (1) Imposed durations made by top management; (2) Market demands created by competition and rapid technology advances; (3) Incentive contracts that pay for early project completion; (4) Recovery of unforeseen project delays; (5) To reduce project costs by reducing charges created by high overhead costs; (6) To reassign key resources to other projects. 99) There are limits as to how much speed can be gained by adding staff. Doubling the size of the workforce will not necessarily reduce completion time by half. Additional workers increase the communication requirements to coordinate efforts. 100) First, hourly workers are typically paid at least time and a half for overtime, increasing project costs. Sustained overtime work by salaried employees may incur intangible costs such as divorce, burnout, and turnover. It is also an oversimplification to assume that, over an extended period of time, a person is as productive during his or her eleventh hour at work as during his or her third hour of work. 101) Indirect costs, those accumulating each day, will at some point outweigh the reduction in direct costs leading to an increase in total costs. The Project Cost-Duration graph is a model that demonstrates this. Version 1
36
102) If it is not on the critical path crashing it will not reduce project duration. 103) Crashing is shortening an activity's duration. Crash time is the shortest realistic time that an activity can be completed in. Crash costs are the total costs associated with the crash time. 104) An activity's slope is the cost per unit of time to reduce its duration. It is calculated by dividing the rise by the run. 105) Crash cost per time unit equals the cost slope. Cost slope equals rise/run; therefore, (crash cost − normal cost)/(normal time − crash time) = ($210 − $150)/(9 − 6) = $20 per day. 106) A network is sensitive if it has several critical or near-critical paths. This is important because any delays on the critical path will delay the project. If a PM is reducing project duration, and the project is already sensitive, crashing could make it even more sensitive and the likelihood that the project will be delayed would rise. 107) When crashing, you will crash on all critical paths until all activities on at least one critical path have reached its crash point. 108) Reduce project scope, have owner take on more responsibility, outsource project activities or the entire project, and brainstorm cost savings options. 109) The optimum cost-time point is the point in the project when total costs (direct costs + indirect costs) are the least. As a project duration is reduced, direct costs increase and indirect costs will decrease each time unit. The savings from indirect costs must be larger than the increase in direct costs in order for an optimum cost-point to be present at a duration other than the duration originally created under normal conditions.
Version 1
37
110) The inherent risks involved in crashing particular activities need to be considered, the timing of activities need to be considered, resource over allocation caused by crashing needs to be analyzed, and the impact crashing would have on the morale of the team needs to be taken into account.
Version 1
38
CHAPTER 10 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Strong leadership, while usually desirable, is not always necessary to successfully complete a project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) The level of leadership required to successfully complete a project may depend on the level of uncertainty involved. ⊚ ⊚
3)
In most cases, if someone can manage a project well, then they are also a great leader. ⊚ ⊚
4)
true false
true false
Successful project managers tend to adopt a hands-on approach to managing projects. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) One of the things that distinguish project management from regular management is the sheer breadth and complexity of the relationships that need to be managed. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) Customers define the scope of the project, and ultimately, project success rests in their satisfaction. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7) One advantage of creating a dedicated project team is that it reduces dependencies, especially within the organization. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) A successful project manager must build a cooperative, mutually beneficial network generally governed by the law of reciprocity. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) Relationship-related currencies deal with the extent to which we can help others feel a sense of importance and personal worth by sharing tasks that increase their skills and abilities. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) Position-related currencies come directly from the project manager's ability to contribute to others' accomplishing their work. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) Relationship-related currencies have more to do with strengthening the relationship with someone than directly accomplishing the project tasks. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) Inspiration-related currencies derive from people's burning desire to make a difference and add meaning to their lives. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
2
13) The first step to building a social network is identifying those on whom the project depends for success. ⊚ ⊚
14)
true false
Many poor-performing project managers are guilty of management by wandering around. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) Effective time management for project managers includes initiating contact with key stakeholders only when there is a valid issue to deal with. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) The old-fashioned view of managing projects emphasized directing and controlling subordinates; the new perspective emphasizes managing project stakeholders and anticipating change as the most important jobs. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) One important function of mapping dependencies and building a social network is to prevent project managers from being derailed because they were blindsided by someone whose position or power they had not anticipated. ⊚ ⊚
18)
true false
It is impractical for a subordinate to "manage" a superior. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
19) Through a project manager's behavior, he or she can influence how others act and respond to a variety of issues related to the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) As long as the culture of an organization acknowledges and condemns unethical behavior, ethical dilemmas are rare or trivial at the most. ⊚ ⊚
21)
true false
An individual's character alone is adequate to generate trust. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) Managing upward relationships involve project managers become skilled at the art of persuading superiors. ⊚ ⊚
true false
23) Optimism, integrity, and even being proactive are not developed easily if there is not already a predisposition to display them. ⊚ ⊚
true false
24) An effective project manager will choose to have an "open door policy" and use project management metrics to assure projects are running smoothly. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
4
25) The project manager should see the big picture while being willing to get their hands dirty. ⊚ ⊚
true false
26) Delivering accurate information is just as important as delivering bad news to a stakeholder. ⊚ ⊚
27)
true false
Ethics are an absolute – what is ethical for your organization will be ethical for all others. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 28) Project success or failure often is reliant upon the contributions of all the following groups of stakeholders EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
customers. suppliers. contractors. competitors. top management.
29) Managing a project and leading a project are two different things. Project leadership is about coping with
Version 1
5
A) B) C) D) E)
formulating plans and objectives. monitoring results against plans. change. taking corrective action when necessary. designing structures and procedures.
30) One difference between project management and project leadership is that project management includes A) B) C) D) E)
31)
A well-defined project that encounters no significant surprises would require little A) B) C) D) E)
32)
recognizing the need to alter direction. aligning people to meet new directions. monitoring results against plans. motivating people to meet new objectives. deviating from the plan.
management. leadership. monitoring. corrective action. controlling.
When engaging stakeholders, a project manager should
A) develop a hands-on approach. B) focus on the project team and their needs. C) understand how different stakeholders can affect the project and manage that dependency. D) manage and limit time negotiating with stakeholders outside of the organization. E) refuse to be pulled by the demands of people who are not directly involved in the project.
Version 1
6
33)
Which metaphor best captures the role of a project manager? A) B) C) D) E)
The conductor of an orchestra The point guard on a basketball team A programmer on a software development team A scout on an exploration A mathematics instructor
34) Which of the following groups of stakeholders place constraints on project work such as requiring permits to be secured, that work is built to code, or that safety standards are met? A) B) C) D) E)
Project sponsors Government agencies Project managers Customers Top management
35) Stakeholders such as human resources, information systems, purchasing agents, and maintenance are typically classified as A) B) C) D) E)
project managers. administrative support. functional managers. project sponsors. customers.
36) The closest relationships in a project network of relationships are between the project manager and
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
other project managers. project sponsors. top management. customers. project team members.
37) The second ring in the network of relationships for project managers includes all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
other project managers. customers. functional managers. top management. project sponsors.
38) The outer ring in the network of relationships for project managers includes all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
other organizations. customers. vendors/suppliers. government agencies. administrative support.
39) A high-ranking manager who advocates the project and uses her or his influence to gain approval of the project is a project A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
promoter. champion. godfather. sponsor. advocate.
8
40) Which group of stakeholders defines the scope of the project and ultimately determines whether or not the project is successful? A) B) C) D) E)
41)
Customers Top management Project sponsors Project managers Project team
Networks are mutually beneficial alliances that are generally governed by the law of A) B) C) D) E)
supply-demand. Brooks' law. reciprocity. a squeaky wheel. risk-reward.
42) In terms of commonly traded organizational currencies, being involved in a task that has a large significance and having a chance to do something important and do it well are examples of ______-related currencies. A) B) C) D) E)
task position inspiration relationship personal
43) In terms of commonly traded organizational currencies, sharing personnel, undertaking unwanted tasks, and providing technical knowledge are examples of ______-related currencies.
Version 1
9
A) B) C) D) E)
task position inspiration relationship personal
44) In terms of commonly traded organizational currencies, providing friendship, giving emotional backing, and listening to others' concerns and issues are examples of _______-related currencies. A) B) C) D) E)
task position inspiration relationship personal
45) In terms of commonly traded organizational currencies, giving a task that could result in a promotion, acknowledging someone's effort and accomplishments, and providing opportunities for linking with others are examples of ______-related currencies. A) B) C) D) E)
task position inspiration relationship personal
46) In terms of commonly traded organizational currencies, sharing tasks that increase someone's skills and abilities and letting others have ownership and influence are examples of _______-related currencies.
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
task position inspiration relationship personal
47) The following are necessary when mapping dependencies or building a social network EXCEPT A) identify those on whom the project depends for success. B) identify whose opposition would keep you from accomplishing the project. C) examine what sources of influence you have relative to those on whom you depend. D) focus on the relationships with project team members since they are doing the project work and you have most influence over them. E) diagnose another's point of view as well as the basis for their positions.
48) Which of the following is used at Hewlett-Packard for building relationships with key players that will determine a project's success? A) B) C) D) E)
MBO MBA GIGO MBWA PMI
49) Once you have established who the key players are that will determine success, then you initiate contact and begin to build a relationship with those players. Less effective managers
Version 1
11
A) spend the majority of their time outside their office. B) are able to stay in touch with what is really going on through face-to-face interactions. C) announce an open door policy and encourage others to see them when a problem or issue comes up. D) initiate contact to provide encouragement and to reinforce the objectives and vision of the project. E) talk with key stakeholders in attempt to keep abreast of developments and anticipate potential problems.
50) Research consistently points out that project success is strongly affected by the degree to which a project has the support of top management. The following are ways a project manager can manage upward relationships EXCEPT A) never ignore the chains of command. B) prove loyalty. C) pick the optimum time to appeal to top management. D) consistently follow through on requests. E) accept profound differences in perspective and become skilled at the art of persuading superiors.
51)
Which of the following is NOT one of the aspects of leading by example? A) B) C) D) E)
52)
Priorities Ethics Urgency Cooperation Power
The traits of successful project managers include all of the following EXCEPT
Version 1
12
A) B) C) D) E)
pessimist. proactivity. effective communication skills. effective time management. personal integrity.
53) When project managers recognize that if they want participants to exceed project expectations then they have to exceed others' expectations of a good project manager, they are leading by example through which of the following aspects? A) B) C) D) E)
54)
To provide greater clarity to business ethics, many companies and professional groups A) B) C) D) E)
55)
Urgency Problem solving Priorities Standards of performance Ethics
encourage managers to rely on their own personal sense of right and wrong. post consequences to unethical behavior. publish a code of conduct. conduct annual training seminars on business ethics. establish a reward system for those who display ethical behavior.
The key to exercising influence is A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
to make few mistakes. to build trust. to build a network of top-level people. to understand the political connections within the organization. to make friends with everyone.
13
56) Which of the following would be defined as the ability to lead and manage yourself by establishing a sense for who you are, what you stand for and how you should behave? A) B) C) D) E)
Proactive Emotional intelligence Empathetic Optimism Personal integrity
57) Which of the following would be defined as the ability or skill to perceive, assess, and manage the emotions of one's self and others? A) B) C) D) E)
58)
Emotional stability System thinking Emotional intelligence Personal integrity Management sensitivity
One way to build a supportive social network at work is to use A) B) C) D) E)
PMI. MBWA. ACWP. CAPM. EVA.
59) The one thing that can help establish your right to lead the project more than anything else is
Version 1
14
A) B) C) D) E)
60)
ability to balance the project budget. being visible to top management. being an active advocate for your project. having proper credentials. having the proper skillset for project management.
A key to being able to effectively persuade superiors is A) B) C) D) E)
constantly meeting deadlines. being visible to top management. establishing project ownership. proving loyalty. being a self-starter.
61) The largest source of tension between project managers and upper management typically comes from A) B) C) D) E)
lack of project resources. differences of perspective. budgeting exercises. not managing risk correctly. communication difficulties.
62) When having to have a difficult conversation with upper managers, you can increase success by A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
framing the issue in familiar language. not asking for further budget allocation. making sure you have just met your last deadline. taking an adversarial position. taking an advocacy position.
15
63)
A side-effect of lack of trust in the other party is A) B) C) D) E)
64)
One of the ways to allow others to build trust in you is to A) B) C) D) E)
65)
celebrate staff birthdays on a regular basis. allow adequate time for staff training. never be late on a project. behave in a consistent manner. All of these alternatives are correct.
Management is about coping with complexity; ________ is about coping with change. A) B) C) D) E)
66)
increased cost to the project. excessive number of deadlines missed. often expending extra effort to understand the true meaning of communications. loss of interest in the project. None of these alternatives is correct.
engineering leadership a change control board execution closing
A popular metaphor for the role of a project manager is that of ________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
pilot captain conductor major colonel
16
67) ________ naturally compete with each other for resources and support from top management. A) B) C) D) E)
68)
Project managers Administrative support groups Project sponsors Government agencies Outside organizations.
________ champion the project and use their influence to gain approval of the project. A) B) C) D) E)
Project sponsors Project managers Project team members Vendors/suppliers Functional managers
69) ________ define the scope of the project, and ultimate project success rests in their satisfaction. A) B) C) D) E)
70)
Customers Project managers Vendors/suppliers Functional managers Top management
Which of the following is not one of the five commonly traded organizational currencies?
Version 1
17
A) B) C) D) E)
Task-related currencies Position-related currencies Inspiration-related currencies Relationship-related currencies Innovation-related currencies
71) __________-related currencies come directly from the project manager's ability to contribute to others' accomplishing their work. A) B) C) D) E)
Task Position Inspiration Relationship Personal
72) _________-related currencies stem from the project manager's ability to enhance others' positions within the organization. A) B) C) D) E)
Task Position Inspiration Relationship Personal
73) _________-related currencies derive from people's burning desire to make a difference and add meaning to their lives. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Task Position Inspiration Relationship Personal
18
74) _________-related currencies have more to do with strengthening the relationship with someone than directly accomplishing the project tasks. A) B) C) D) E)
Task Position Inspiration Relationship Personal
75) ________-related currencies enhance a colleague's sense of worth by sharing tasks that increase skills and abilities, delegating authority over work so that others experience ownership, and allowing individuals to feel comfortable stretching their abilities. A) B) C) D) E)
Task Position Inspiration Relationship Personal
76) People and organizations that are actively involved in the project, or whose interests may be positively or negatively affected by the project, are known as __________. A) B) C) D) E)
stakeholders government agencies project team members vendors contractors
77) Managers spend the majority of their time outside their offices in the ________ style of management.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
78)
MBWA EVA PV MIS PMP
Mapping ____________ helps identify those on whom the project depends for success. A) B) C) D) E)
dependencies currencies values goals activities
79) Research consistently points out that project success is strongly affected by the degree to which a project has the support of ______. A) B) C) D) E)
government agencies IT manager vendors/suppliers top management functional managers
80) Once project managers have proven their _________ to upper management, senior management is much more receptive to their challenges and requests. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
trust subordination loyalty respect honesty
20
81) Experienced project managers recognize the need to build __________ before they need them. A) B) C) D) E)
relationships currencies credits wealth experience
82) A highly visible, interactive management style is when the project manager's behavior symbolizes how other people should work on the project. This is called __________ by example. A) B) C) D) E)
leading managing engaging adjusting assessing
83) To provide greater clarity to business _________, many companies and professional groups publish a code of conduct. A) B) C) D) E)
objectives ethics goals activities relationships
84) The first step to social network building is identifying those _______ on whom the project depends for success.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
stakeholders relationships customers users managers
85) When project managers take action before it is needed to prevent small concerns from escalating into major problems they are being _______. A) B) C) D) E)
proactive risk-adverse risk-prone risk-neutral creative
86) When project managers have a can-do attitude and when they are able to maintain a positive attitude during a dismal day and keep others' attention positive as well, they are demonstrating ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
optimism leadership creativity positivism learning
87) The ability or skill to perceive, assess and manage the emotions of one's self and others is called _________ intelligence.
Version 1
22
A) B) C) D) E)
circumstantial mature emotional critical diverse
88) Using properly established and well-maintained professional relationships within a project, a project manager can be the __________ for information on the project. A) B) C) D) E)
center point central point focus focal point centroid
89) To help establish loyalty among team members, you should become an effective __________ for the project you are on. A) B) C) D) E)
adversary stakeholder consultant communicator advocate
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 90) "Managing a project and leading a project is essentially the same thing." Agree or disagree and support your conclusion.
Version 1
23
91) "Strong leadership is not always necessary to successfully complete a project." Agree or disagree and support your conclusion.
92) In regard to a network of stakeholders there are three "rings" or "tiers." Describe each ring and give an example of a group of stakeholders found in each.
93)
Identify and briefly describe the five commonly traded organizational currencies.
94) What is "management by wandering around" and why would it be useful to project managers?
95) Give two advantages gained when a project manager takes the time to map relationship dependencies.
96) Experienced project managers recognize the need to build relationships before they need them. Why is this important?
Version 1
24
97) Identify the key to exercising influence within an organization. Describe the two functions it is based upon.
98) Identify and give an example of three out of the six contradictions that an effective project manager must face.
99) Identify and briefly describe four of the eight traits associated with being a successful project manager.
100)
Identify two ways a project manager can manage "upward relationships."
101) "All the eight traits of being a good project manager can be taught and learned." Agree or disagree? Support your conclusion.
Version 1
25
Version 1
26
Answer Key Test name: Chap 10_8e 1) TRUE 2) TRUE 3) FALSE 4) FALSE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) TRUE 9) FALSE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) TRUE 14) FALSE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) FALSE 19) TRUE 20) FALSE 21) FALSE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) FALSE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE Version 1
27
27) FALSE 28) D 29) C 30) C 31) B 32) C 33) A 34) B 35) B 36) E 37) B 38) E 39) D 40) A 41) C 42) C 43) A 44) D 45) B 46) E 47) D 48) D 49) C 50) A 51) E 52) A 53) D 54) C 55) B 56) E Version 1
28
57) C 58) B 59) C 60) D 61) B 62) A 63) C 64) D 65) B 66) C 67) A 68) A 69) A 70) E 71) A 72) B 73) C 74) D 75) E 76) A 77) A 78) A 79) D 80) C 81) A 82) A 83) B 84) A 85) A 86) A Version 1
29
87) C 88) D 89) E 90) Disagree; they are very different. Managing is associated with the structure of the project (planning, organizing, controlling, and corrective action) whereas leading is needed when the objectives of the project require changing to meet outside demands. 91) Agree. Well-defined projects that encounter no significant surprises require little leadership. 92) First, there is the core group of specialists assigned to complete the project or the project team. Second, there are the groups of people within the performing organization who are either directly or indirectly involved with the project. These include other project managers, functional managers, administrative support, top management and project sponsors. The third group is outside the organization such as contractors, government agencies and the customer. 93) (1) Task-related-the ability to contribute to others accomplishing their work; (2) Position-related-the ability to enhance others' positions within their organization; (3) Inspiration-related-the ability to enhance people's desire to make a difference and add meaning to their lives; (4) Relationship-related-the ability to form relationships that transcend normal professional boundaries and extend into friendship; (5) Personalrelated-the extent to which one can help others feel a sense of importance and personal worth. 94) Management by wandering around (MBWA) is the spending of time outside the office and contacting key players to keep abreast of developments, anticipate potential problems, provide encouragement, and reinforce the objectives and vision of the project.
Version 1
30
95) Mapping dependencies helps lower the risk that the project will be derailed because project managers were blindsided by someone whose position or power they had not anticipated. You may begin to realize where potential problems lie—relationships in which you have a current debit and no convertible currency. Furthermore, acknowledging another's impact and view on the project will help you anticipate reactions and feelings about your decisions and actions. 96) Successful project managers initiate contact with key stakeholders at times when there are no outstanding issues or problems to avoid anxieties and suspicions. This also establishes credit in those relationships, which will allow them to deal with more serious issues down the road. 97) Trust is the key to exercising influence. Trust is an elusive concept and may be seen as a function of character (doing the right thing) and competence (knowing the right things to do and being able to do them). Both are needed and take time to build. 98) (1) Innovate and maintain stability; (2) See the big picture while getting your hands dirty; (3) Encourage individuals but stress the team; (4) Be hands-on/hands-off; (5) Be flexible but firm; (6) Manage team versus organizational loyalties. 99) (1) Effective communication skills; (2) Systems thinking; (3) Personal integrity; (4) Proactivity; (5) High emotional intelligence (EQ); (6) General business perspective; (7) Effective time management; (8) Optimism.
Version 1
31
100) Project managers have to accept profound differences in perspective and become skilled at the art of persuading superiors. They can do this most effectively after they have proved their loyalty. Project managers must show that they consistently follow through on requests and adhere to parameters established by top management. They have to cultivate strong ties with project sponsors and pick optimum times to appeal to top management. 101) Some traits of being a good project manager can be trained or acquired but qualities such as being an optimist, personal integrity, and being proactive are not easily developed unless there is a predisposition to display them.
Version 1
32
CHAPTER 11 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Synergy can be both negative as well as positive. ⊚ ⊚
2)
true false
There is a high degree of internal conflict in the forming stage of team development. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) The storming stage of team development is complete when conflicts are resolved and leadership roles are accepted. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) The performing stage of team development is characterized by the development of close relationships and group cohesiveness. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) The norming stage of team development is one in which close relationships develop and the group demonstrates cohesiveness. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) Research indicates that high-performance teams are much more likely to develop when the manager hand-selects team members. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7)
Every project has the same potential to evolve into a high-performance team. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) One important factor that a project manager must acknowledge when recruiting project members is the management structure being used to complete the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) A project manager should be wary of people who know too much about a specific technology. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) Co-location of team members, team names, and team rituals are common vehicles for establishing a team identity. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) A project vision is an image a project team holds about how the project will look upon completion, how they will work together, and how customers will accept the project. It is important that everyone have the same vision. ⊚ ⊚
12)
true false
The first team meeting sets the tone for how the team will work together. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
2
13)
Most project managers advocate the use of group rewards rather than individual rewards. ⊚ ⊚
14)
true false
Lump-sum cash bonuses are the most effective group reward for project teams. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) A general guideline for running effective meetings includes starting the meeting on time regardless of whether everyone is present. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) Group decision making should be used when strong commitment to the decision is needed and when there is a low probability of acceptance if only one person makes the decision. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) When facilitating group decision making, a project manager should identify a problem in terms of its alternate solutions so that team members can more easily reach a decision on how to solve the problem. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) Team members can be upset and dissatisfied with conflict, but as long as the disagreement furthers the objectives of the project, then the conflict is functional. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
19) A project manager arbitrates conflict by intervening and attempting to negotiate a resolution by using reasoning, persuasion, and suggesting alternatives. ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) Groupthink refers to the tendency of members in highly cohesive groups to lose their critical evaluative capabilities resulting in quick decision making with little consideration of alternatives. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) Two of the biggest challenges involved in managing a virtual project team are developing trust and effective patterns of communication. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) Going native is when some project teams continually bypass the normal policies and procedures that everyone in the organization is supposed to follow. ⊚ ⊚
23)
true false
Conflict is inevitable and can be a desirable part of project work. ⊚ ⊚
true false
24) When a member of a team sees themselves as a high-performer and able to meet all the needs of the team, this is a characteristic of synergy. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
4
25) High performing teams typically and often meet many of the characteristics outlined in the text. ⊚ ⊚
26)
Over the course of a project, the sources of conflict often change. ⊚ ⊚
27)
true false
true false
Overcoming cultural difference can pose a challenge to geographically distributed teams. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 28) The essence of positive synergy can be found in the phrase, A) B) C) D) E) F)
29)
"Front of ship sink—back of ship sink." "If it doesn't kill you, it makes you stronger." "There is no ‘I’ in team." "Two heads are better than one." "The whole is greater than the sum of the parts." "If it doesn't kill you, it makes you stronger."
Which of the following is commonly associated with high-performing project teams?
Version 1
5
A) B) C) D) E)
Risk taking is controlled and not allowed to jeopardize the overall project. Roles and specific responsibilities are well-defined. A degree of competition among team members is encouraged. Mistakes are viewed as opportunities for learning. Team members are selected with similar talents to enhance cohesion.
30) During which stage of team development do members accept that they are part of a project group but resist the constraints that the project and the group put on their individuality? A) B) C) D) E)
Norming Storming Performing Adjourning Forming
31) During which stage of team development do close relationships develop and the group demonstrates cohesiveness? A) B) C) D) E)
Norming Storming Performing Adjourning Forming
32) During which stage of team development is the team fully functional and accomplishing project goals? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Norming Storming Performing Adjourning Forming
6
33) During which stage of team development is high performance not a top priority and attention is devoted to wrapping up the project? A) B) C) D) E)
Norming Storming Performing Adjourning Forming
34) During which stage of team development do team members establish ground rules and try to find out what behaviors are acceptable and what performance expectations are? A) B) C) D) E)
Norming Storming Performing Adjourning Forming
35) A high school basketball coach has noticed that some close relationships have formed as well as feelings of camaraderie and shared responsibilities for the team's success. Which stage of development is the team in? A) B) C) D) E)
Norming Storming Performing Adjourning Forming
36) A product innovation manager for a manufacturing company has recently noticed some disturbing behavior among team members. Recently the team has exhibited a high degree of conflict over who will control the group and how decisions will be made. Which stage of development is the team in?
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
Norming Storming Performing Adjourning Forming
37) A project manager responsible for building a new office building that started this week has noticed some unusual behavior amongst the team. Team members are trying out different behaviors to see what is acceptable to the project and personal relations. Which stage of development is the team in? A) B) C) D) E)
Norming Storming Performing Adjourning Forming
38) Experience and research indicate that high-performance project teams are much more likely to develop under all the following conditions EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
members are assigned to the project full time. members report solely to the project manager. there are 10 or fewer members per team. team members are selected by their managers. the project involves a compelling objective.
39) Project managers play a key role in developing high-performance project teams. Which of the following is NOT a contributing factor to this role?
Version 1
8
A) B) C) D) E)
Conduct project meetings Recruit team members Manage a reward system Manage conflict Report progress to top management
40) There are two important factors that affect the recruitment of project members. Which of the following is one of those factors? A) B) C) D) E)
The budget available The size of the project The management structure being used to complete the project The level of innovation and technical expertise needed Organizational culture
41) When recruiting project team members, which of the following factors is NOT something a project manager might consider? A) B) C) D) E)
The political connections the potential team member may have Their problem-solving ability Their ambition, initiative, and energy Their skillset as it compares to the project manager Their availability
42) The first project meeting is critical to the early functioning of the project team. Which of the following is NOT true regarding this meeting?
Version 1
9
A) An overview of the project's scope and objectives should be addressed. B) Interpersonal interaction concerns should be addressed. C) The project manager must model how the team will work together. D) The meeting will need to be as long as necessary to cover the main objectives of a first meeting. E) The meeting should be productive, well-organized and realistic.
43) The project manager must quickly establish operational ground rules for how the team will work together. These include planning, tracking, managing change, and relationship decisions. Which of the following is an example of a planning decision? A) B) C) D) E)
What departments will the team need to interact with during the project? What are the specific roles and responsibilities of all the participants? Who will generate and distribute reports? How will changes be documented and evaluated? How will progress be assessed?
44) Researchers have found that high-performance teams have norms for team interaction. Which of the following is NOT one of those norms? A) B) C) D) E)
Hard work does not get in the way of having fun. No information is shared outside the team unless all agree to it. It is acceptable to be in trouble, but not to surprise others. When a decision has to be made, everyone should agree before moving forward. There is no tolerance for bulling a way through a problem or issue.
45) All of the following have been found to be good for running effective project meetings EXCEPT
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
46)
Establishing a team identity is facilitated by A) B) C) D) E)
47)
All team members have the same vision. the vision should be communicated to all. the vision has to make strategic sense. there should be a passion for the vision. the vision should be a source of inspiration to others.
Which of the following would be considered the MOST effective project reward? A) B) C) D) E)
49)
team members working in a common space. creation of a project team name. effective use of meetings. team rituals. All of these are facilitators of establishing a team identity.
The essential qualities of an effective vision include all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
48)
start meetings on time regardless of whether everyone is present. allow a time period for socializing to support the development of a team identity. thoroughly document all decisions. prepare and distribute an agenda prior to the meeting. identify an adjournment time.
Desirable job assignments Lump-sum cash award All-expenses-paid trip for team members and their families Using negative reinforcement to motivate adequate performance Public recognition
Individual rewards for outstanding work would NOT include
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
50)
The first step in facilitating group decision making is to A) B) C) D) E)
51)
call a meeting to discuss the problem. identify the problem. agree that there is a problem. quantify the problem. generate alternatives.
Strategies to manage dysfunctional conflict do NOT include _____ the conflict. A) B) C) D) E)
52)
letters of commendation. public recognition. desirable job assignments. judiciously making exceptions to the rules. All of these are examples of individual rewards for outstanding work.
control arbitrate mediate accept encourage
The biggest challenge to managing a virtual project team is A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
getting reports and technical information communicated. developing trust and establishing effective patterns of communication. enforcing deadlines. dealing with team members in different time zones. being able to contact team members immediately when there is a problem.
12
53) Which of the following would be an appropriate situation to require facilitating group decision making? A) A mechanical engineer is stuck trying to meet performance criteria for a prototype. B) When strong group commitment is needed to decide methods to reduce project scope. C) Expectations are unclear regarding a specific task. D) Materials needed to finish a custom kitchen have not been determined. E) Dysfunctional conflict between two project team members needs to be resolved.
54) is
During the delivery phase of a project's life cycle, the most significant source of conflict
A) B) C) D) E)
schedules. priorities. technical. procedures. costs.
55) When reaching a decision during the group decision-making process, the project manager must build a consensus among the group and can do this by all of the following EXCEPT A) if time becomes a factor, they must make an informed final decision after everyone's ideas have been heard. B) provide periodic summaries to help the group keep track of its progress. C) protect those members who represent the minority view. D) guarantee that everyone has the opportunity to share opinions. E) manage any conflict that may arise.
56)
Symptoms of groupthink include
Version 1
13
A) B) C) D) E)
encouraged functional conflict. negative stereotypes of outsiders. optimized critical thinking. failed projects. positive synergy.
57) When project managers impose a solution to dysfunctional conflict after listening to each party, they are __________ the conflict. A) B) C) D) E)
eliminating controlling mediating arbitrating encouraging
58) When project managers reduce the intensity of the conflict by smoothing over differences or interjecting humor when dysfunctional conflict arises, they are attempting to _________ the conflict. A) B) C) D) E)
eliminate control mediate arbitrate encourage
59) When not going through normal protocols of the parent organization becomes habit and results in rejection of policies and procedures, this is known as which of the following project pitfalls?
Version 1
14
A) B) C) D) E)
60)
Groupthink Going native Bureaucratic bypass syndrome Projectitis The privileged parameter
How can a project manager support and encourage functional conflict?
A) Conflict should not be encouraged or supported B) By asking tough questions and by challenging the rationale behind recommendations C) By imposing a solution to the conflict after listening to each party D) By negotiating a resolution by reasoning and persuasion E) As soon as emotions flare, he or she can intervene and attempt to control conflict because it has become dysfunctional
61) Which of the following is NOT one of the tips for alleviating communication problems of virtual teams? A) meeting. B) C) D) E)
Insist team members travel at least once during the project for a face-to-face Keep team members informed on how well the overall project is going. Share the pain when team members reside in different time zones. Establish clear norms and protocols for surfacing assumptions and conflicts. Establish a code of conduct to avoid delays.
62) Teams that are able to use identified individual talents to meet a projects’ given needs is a common characteristic of
Version 1
15
A) B) C) D) E)
63)
High performing teams can A) B) C) D) E)
64)
project mistakes. lowered customer expectations. useful information. what appears to be unification. All of these alternatives are correct.
When dysfunctional conflict is identified, one of the ways to deal with it is to A) B) C) D) E)
66)
create breakthrough products. exceed customer expectations. complete projects ahead of schedule and under budget. provide exceptional services. All of these alternatives are correct.
While some conflict can be beneficial, the absence of conflict can mask A) B) C) D) E)
65)
resource allocation. scheduling. synergy. budgeting. storming.
impose an arbitrated solution. show understanding and support. escalate it up the management chain. hush and hide the dysfunctional conflict. encourage the conflict.
Challenges to managing geographically distributed teams are
Version 1
16
A) B) C) D) E)
developing trust. keeping time-zones straight. effective communication. both developing trust and effective communication. both developing trust and keeping time-zones straight.
67) When project teams get accustomed to not having to go through normal approvals to get things done, this is called A) B) C) D) E)
going native. bureaucratic bypass syndrome. team infatuation. groupthink. going over the project manager’s head.
68) When a project team will only consider a couple of solutions and ignore alternatives, this is ___________, which is a symptom of Groupthink. A) B) C) D) E)
69)
direct pressure. illusion of invulnerability. putting on blinders. negative stereotypes of outsiders. whitewash of critical thinking.
________ occurs when the whole is less than the sum of its parts. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Negative synergy. Inverted interaction. Creative collusion. Designers’ drawbacks. Project perversion.
17
70) During the ________ stage of group development, there is conflict over who will control the group and how decisions will be made. A) B) C) D) E)
storming norming performing forming adjourning
71) Which of the following conditions is not conducive to the creation of high-performance teams? A) B) C) D) E)
There are 10 or fewer members per team. Members are assigned to serve on the project team. Members serve on the project from beginning to end. Members are part of an organization culture that fosters cooperation and trust. Members report solely to the project manager.
72) Which of the following conditions is not conducive to the creation of high-performance teams? A) B) C) D) E)
Members are assigned to the project full time. Members report solely to the project manager. All relevant functional areas are represented on the team. The project involves a compelling objective. Members are co-located and/or internationally dispersed if necessary.
73) Which of the following is not a consideration that needs to be factored into the process of recruiting team members for a project?
Version 1
18
A) B) C) D) E)
A sense of humor Problem-solving Availability Technological expertise Credibility
74) Which of the following is not a consideration that needs to be factored into the process of recruiting team members for a project? A) B) C) D) E)
Familiarity Integrity Ambition, initiative and energy Political connections Credibility
75) Research indicates that high-performance project teams are much more likely to develop under certain conditions. One of these conditions is that members are assigned to the project _______ time. A) B) C) D) E)
part full split over by ending
76) Experienced project managers understand the value of having team members ________ the project as opposed to appointing team members.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
volunteer for coerced into suggested by superiors for invited to asked to join
77) Research indicates that high-performance project teams are much more likely to develop under certain conditions. One of these conditions is that members report solely to __________. A) B) C) D) E)
their line manager the project manager the team leader the project leader the chief operating officer
78) The first _________ is critical to the early functioning of the project team. It sets the tone for how the team will work together. A) B) C) D) E)
deliverable milestone meeting announcement day
79) Symbolic actions at the project level that can contribute to a unique team subculture are called team ________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
vision identity characteristics rituals disciplines
20
80) Team meetings, co-location of team members, team names, and team rituals are common vehicles when establishing a team _________. A) B) C) D) E)
vision identity characteristic ritual discipline
81) An image a project team holds in common about how the project will look upon completion, how they will work together, and/or how customers will accept the project is known as a __________. It is a less tangible aspect of project performance. A) B) C) D) E)
vision identity characteristic ritual discipline
82) Because most project work is a collaborative effort, most project managers advocate the use of _______ rewards. A) B) C) D) E)
individual group project program monetary
83) ________ rewards typically should be used only when everyone on the team recognizes that a member is deserving of special recognition.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
Individual Group Project Program Monetary
84) The use of meetings outside of accepted work hours to get a project back on schedule is an example of ______ reinforcement to motivate project performance. A) B) C) D) E)
positive negative neutral creative substantial
85) ________ decision making should be used when strong commitment to a decision is needed and there is a low probability of acceptance if the decision were to be made by one person. A) B) C) D) E)
Individual Group Project Program Monetary
86) When a project manager intervenes and tries to negotiate a resolution by using reasoning and persuasion and suggesting alternatives, he or she is ___________ the conflict.
Version 1
22
A) B) C) D) E)
mediating arbitrating controlling accepting eliminating
87) When a project manager imposes a solution to the conflict after listening to each party, he or she is __________ the conflict. A) B) C) D) E)
mediating arbitrating controlling accepting eliminating
88) Members who are geographically situated so that they may never be able to meet face-toface would be a characteristic of a ________ project team. A) B) C) D) E)
virtual diverse international geographically dispersed co-located
89) When a project manager attempts to reduce the intensity of the conflict by smoothing over differences or interjecting humor, he or she is ___________ the conflict. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
mediating arbitrating controlling accepting eliminating
23
90) Two of the biggest challenges in managing virtual (international) project teams are______. A) B) C) D) E)
91)
Project managers should encourage ___________ conflict. A) B) C) D) E)
92)
overcoming language and culture barriers establishing trust and developing effective patterns of communication creating synergy and a commonly-held shared vision making team members comfortable and compatible with each other motivating team members and overcoming conflicts
functional dysfunctional creative diverse emotional
Project managers should manage ___________ conflict. A) B) C) D) E)
functional dysfunctional creative diverse emotional
93) The main source of conflict in the delivering stage of the project life cycle is __________.
Version 1
24
A) B) C) D) E)
priorities schedules workforce technical procedures
94) Project managers and team members have to recognize the _________________ they are operating under in order to do the best that they can. A) B) C) D) E)
circumstances circumstantial constraints situation situational constraints scenario
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 95) What is positive and negative synergy? Give an example of each in regard to project management.
96)
Identify and briefly describe each stage of team development.
97) A project involving a compelling objective is an example of a condition that supports the development of high-performing teams. List four more conditions and briefly explain how they support the development of a high-performing team.
Version 1
25
98) Project managers play a key role in developing high-performance teams. One example of this is recruiting team members. Identify and describe four other ways project managers can impact the development of high-performing teams.
99) The text states that when managers are recruiting project team members, they should be wary of people who know too much about a specific technology. Why is this? Do you agree or disagree? Explain your answer.
100) What is the difference between functional conflict and dysfunctional conflict on a project? Provide real examples of each.
101)
Identify and briefly describe the five strategies to manage dysfunctional conflict.
102)
What is a virtual project team and what are two challenges in managing such a team?
Version 1
26
103)
What is meant by the term groupthink and what are two symptoms?
104)
When conducting project meetings, why is the first meeting so important?
105) A vision refers to an image a project team holds in common about how the project will look upon completion, how they will work together, and/or how customers will accept the project. Although they should be similar, everyone's vision will not be the same. Why not? How might having only similar visions support the project?
106) Why do project managers prefer to use group awards over individual rewards? When would it be appropriate to use individual rewards?
Version 1
27
Answer Key Test name: Chap 11_8e 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) TRUE 6) FALSE 7) FALSE 8) TRUE 9) TRUE 10) TRUE 11) FALSE 12) TRUE 13) TRUE 14) FALSE 15) TRUE 16) TRUE 17) FALSE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) TRUE 21) TRUE 22) FALSE 23) TRUE 24) FALSE 25) FALSE 26) TRUE Version 1
28
27) TRUE 28) E 29) D 30) B 31) A 32) C 33) D 34) E 35) A 36) B 37) E 38) D 39) E 40) C 41) D 42) D 43) B 44) D 45) B 46) E 47) A 48) C 49) E 50) B 51) E 52) B 53) B 54) A 55) A 56) B Version 1
29
57) D 58) B 59) C 60) B 61) A 62) C 63) E 64) C 65) A 66) D 67) B 68) E 69) A 70) A 71) B 72) E 73) A 74) B 75) B 76) A 77) B 78) C 79) D 80) B 81) A 82) B 83) A 84) B 85) B 86) A Version 1
30
87) B 88) A 89) C 90) B 91) A 92) B 93) B 94) D 95) The essence of positive synergy can be found in the phrase, "The whole is greater than the sum of the parts." Negative synergy occurs when the whole is less than the sum of the parts. 96) (1) Forming: members get acquainted, ground rules are established; (2) Storming: high degree of internal conflict, members resist the constraints that the project and group place on their individuality; (3) Norming: development of group cohesion; (4) Performing: team is fully functional and accepted; (5) Adjourning: team prepares for its own disbandment. 97) Conditions that support high-performing team development are when there are 10 or fewer members per team, when members volunteer to serve on the project team, when members serve on the project from beginning to end, when members are assigned the project full time, when members are part of an organization culture that fosters cooperation and trust, when members report solely to the project manager, when all relevant functional areas are represented, when the project involves a compelling objective and when members are located within conversational distance of each other.
Version 1
31
98) They recruit members, conduct meetings, establish a team identity, create a common sense of purpose or a shared vision, manage a reward system that encourages teamwork, orchestrate decision making, resolve conflicts that emerge within the team, and rejuvenate the team when energy wanes. 99) Managers should be wary of people who know too much about a specific technology because they may be technology buffs who like to study but have a hard time settling down and doing the work. 100) As long as disagreements further the objectives of the project, then conflict is functional. It should be encouraged because honest professional differences of opinion often will lead to the best solutions. The challenge is to keep it from becoming dysfunctional. Dysfunctional conflict inhibits project performance and should be managed. 101) (1) Mediate the conflict: The project manager intervenes and tries to negotiate a resolution by using reasoning and persuasion. (2) Arbitrate the conflict: The project manager imposes a solution to the conflict after listening to each party. (3) Control the conflict: The project manager reduces the intensity of the conflict by smoothing over differences or interjecting humor. (4) Accept the conflict: When the conflict will outlive the project and the project manager has to live with it. (5) Eliminate the conflict: When there is a clear villain then only he or she should be removed. 102) A virtual project team is one in which the team members are geographically situated so that they may seldom, if ever, meet face-toface as a team. Electronic communications such as the Internet, e-mail, and teleconferencing are the primary means of communication. Two biggest challenges involve establishing trust and effective lines of communication.
Version 1
32
103) Groupthink refers to the tendency of members in highly cohesive groups to lose their critical evaluative capabilities resulting in quick decision making with little consideration of alternatives. Symptoms include the illusion of invulnerability, the whitewash of critical thinking, negative stereotypes of outsiders, and direct pressure. 104) The first meeting is critical to the early functioning of the team. If it is disorganized, or becomes bogged down with little sense of closure, then this can often become a self-fulfilling prophecy for subsequent group work. On the other hand, if it is crisply run, focusing on real issues and concerns in an honest and straightforward manner, members come away excited about being part of the project team, then it is an effective meeting. 105) After establishing the scope and major deliverables and after it is known what the project is supposed to accomplish once it is complete, each member of the project team will have a vision of what this project will look like and how they will accomplish it. Although similar, the fact that there are still differences in vision supports having a pool of ideas to pull from and negotiating the best solutions for the project. 106) Most project managers advocate the usage of group rewards. Because most project work is a collaborative effort, it makes sense that the reward system would encourage teamwork. Recognizing individuals with rewards regardless of their accomplishments can distract from team unity. Individual rewards typically should be used only when everyone in the team recognizes that a member is deserving of special recognition.
Version 1
33
CHAPTER 12 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Toyota and DaimlerChrysler collaborating with suppliers to develop new automobile platforms is an example of outsourcing. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) Participants from different organizations working closely together at the construction site or in shared office space are an example of a virtual team. ⊚ ⊚
3)
true false
Working in outsourcing teams, projects can be completed faster and more cheaply. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) Increased conflict and loss of coordination are typical disadvantages of outsourcing project work. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) Trust can be difficult to forge when interactions are limited and people come from different organizations. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) When using the partnering approach to manage contracted relationships, access to each other's organization resources is available. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7) In the traditional method of managing projects, total company involvement requires commitment from CEO to team members. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) When using the partnering approach to manage contracted relationships, each party's goals and objectives are similar but geared to what is best for them. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) Co-location is less relevant for independent work that does not require ongoing coordination between professionals from different organizations. ⊚ ⊚
10)
true false
In some countries, laws are considered to be guidelines that are not necessarily followed. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) Project managers need to have the capability to manage customer expectations and perceptions. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) In order to keep the customer happy and to keep perceptions about performance high, it is acceptable to falsely assure customers that everything is on track, especially if you feel that the problem will be resolved soon. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
2
13) It is rare in today's flat world to find important projects that are being completed totally in-house. ⊚ ⊚
14)
true false
Experience indicates that co-location of project teams is not worth the extra costs. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) A partnering charter states the common goals for the project as well as the procedures that will be used to achieve these goals. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) It is a good idea to add a penalty clause to an outsourcing agreement to ensure that work is completed on time. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) A prime consideration in choosing outsourcing vendors is to assess the fit with their project management system. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) Conflict is inevitable on a project; however, if it is handled effectively, it can elevate performance. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
19) side.
In project negotiation each negotiator is out to win as much as he or she can for his or her ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) Principled negotiation emphasizes developing win/win solutions while protecting yourself against those who would take advantage of your forthrightness. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) When separating the people from the problem, negotiators don't react to the emotional outburst, but try to find the issues that triggered it. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) The best defense against unreasonable, win/lose negotiators is having what Fisher and Ury call a strong BATNA. ⊚ ⊚
true false
23) A value of 1.5 is the optimal target for the Met-Expectations model of customer satisfaction. ⊚ ⊚
true false
24) Outsourced projects are less about reduced costs and more focused on bringing the best talent available to get the job done. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
4
25) Security issues on an outsourced project can be mitigated with a properly written contract. ⊚ ⊚
true false
26) Positive relationships going into a negotiation can have a beneficial effect on the ultimate solution. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 27) Successful firms are very careful in selecting the work to be outsourced. If expectations and requirements are fuzzy or open to debate, working together can become very difficult. The following are ways to clarify requirements and procedures EXCEPT A) B) C) D) confusion. E)
make sure that different firms' project management systems are integrated. contract only work with clearly defined deliverables with measurable outcomes. establish who has access to certain information through robust safeguards. make sure communication is well structured and interactions are managed to avoid document your requirements.
28) The transferring of business functions or processes to other companies has traditionally been known as A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
subcontracting. downsizing. partnering. joint venture. outsourcing.
5
29) When you call your Internet provider to solve a technical problem and you end up talking to a technician in India or Romania, you have just experienced A) B) C) D) E)
telecommunications. partnering. outsourcing. service shift. bilingual customer service.
30) The following are differences between the partnering approach and the traditional approach to managing contracted relationships EXCEPT A) mutual trust forms in the partnering approach where suspicion and distrust are prominent in the traditional approach. B) contracts establish long-term commitments in the partnering approach while single project contracting is normal in the traditional approach. C) access to each other's organization resources is available in the partnering approach but limited in the traditional approach. D) risk is shared jointly among partners in a partnering approach but is transferred to the other party in the traditional approach. E) the partnering approach entails significant time and energy while a handshake is satisfactory in the traditional approach.
31)
Advantages of outsourcing project work may likely include all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
shortened project duration. reduced costs. higher level of expertise. reduced conflict. increased flexibility.
32) Disadvantages of outsourcing project work may likely include all of the following EXCEPT Version 1
6
A) B) C) D) E)
increased conflict. coordination breakdowns. increased costs. loss of control. more internal morale issues.
33) Why are extensive training and team building activities important when managing contracted relationships? A) Extensive training and team building activities are not worth the effort because people issues will usually work themselves out over time. B) So team members are provided with a theoretical understanding of the barriers to collaboration as well as the skills and procedures to be successful. C) So conflict management processes can be put into place. D) So teams can still function together when co-location is not important for project success. E) So teams can identify difficult individuals and keep their distance during the project.
34) Outsourced projects are susceptible to conflicts since people are unaccustomed to working together. Which of the following is a primary control mechanism for dealing with and resolving problems? A) B) C) D) E)
35)
Arbitration Escalation Collaboration Mediation Regulation
Key practices in the partnering approach to managing contracted relationships include
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
single project contracting. risk being transferred to the other party. access to each other's organizational resources. structured communications. independent project teams.
36) Which of the following is the BEST way to ensure that cohesion and cooperation are not undermined, and the parties involved will be satisfied when the project is complete? A) B) C) D) E)
37)
Long-term outsourcing relationships Good negotiation practices Well-established conflict management processes in place Frequent review and status updates Fair and incentive-laden contracts
Which of the following is NOT a key to successful partnering relationships? A) B) C) D) E)
Mutual trust Jointly shared risk Total company involvement Independent project teams Long-term commitment
38) Which of the following is part of the traditional approach to managing contracted relationships? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Structured communications Long-term commitment Total company involvement Shared risk Mutual trust
8
39)
Which of the following is NOT an advantage of establishing a long-term partnership? A) B) C) D) E)
40)
More efficient utilization of resources Reduced administration costs Improved innovation Risk is eventually transferred to the other party Improved performance
Which of the following is true in regard to negotiation when managing projects?
A) It is a competitive contest. B) Each negotiator should win as much as he or she can for his or her side. C) If project managers are not able to win negotiations, they will not be viewed as effective leaders. D) Success is measured by how much is gained compared to the other party. E) It cannot be viewed as a contest.
41)
Best practices in outsourcing project work include all the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
well-defined requirements and procedures. training and team-building activities. well-established conflict management processes. frequent reviews and status updates. short-term, no-pressure outsourcing relationships.
42) When negotiating, the tendency is to want to win! Why is this not a good approach when managing contracted relationships?
Version 1
9
A) this approach inhibits the degree of trust and cooperation needed for the alliance to work. B) a noncompetitive approach can bring about functional conflict. C) this approach can cause dysfunctional conflict to rise and negotiations to break down. D) because people will continue to work together after negotiations. E) All of these are reasons a competitive approach to negotiation should not be used when managing contracted relationships.
43) When considering principled negotiation, both buyers and sellers relying on the blue book to establish price parameters of a used car would be an example of A) B) C) D) E)
focusing on interests, not positions. inventing options of mutual gain. being honest and forthright. using objective criteria. separating the people from the problem.
44) The result of team building among the project's participants that states their common goals for the project as well as the procedures that will be used to achieve these goals is a A) B) C) D) E)
signed contract. legal partnership agreement. project plan. partnering charter. responsibility matrix.
45) Regarding outsourcing, the most effective way to avoid problems with schedules and deadlines is to
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
46)
What does the acronym BATNA stand for? A) B) C) D) E)
47)
improved communication. more efficient utilization of resources. reduced communication requirements. lower administrative costs. improved innovation.
Which of the following is NOT a reason to have a BATNA? A) B) C) D) E)
49)
Best alternative to a negotiated agreement Be able to negotiate an agreement Better ability to negotiate an agreement Best ability to have a negotiated agreement Better agree than no agreement
Long-term partnerships will provide all the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
48)
develop detailed schedules. hold frequent status reviews. add a penalty clause to the contract. hold frequent conversations with the outsourcer. build extra time into the schedules that the outsourcer is not aware of.
It increases the chance that you will win the negotiation. It gives you the power to walk away. It can reduce how dependent you are on the other party. It increases the likelihood of coming to a win/win agreement. It is a good defense against unreasonable win/lose negotiators.
Ultimate success of the project is determined by
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
50)
whether the project was completed on time. whether the customer is happy. whether the project meets specifications. whether the project was under budget. whether the project served the purpose it intended.
What is the fundamental difference between a fixed-price and a cost-plus contract?
A) On fixed-price contracts partnering is used while it is not used for cost-plus contracts. B) On fixed-price contracts macro estimates are used while micro estimates are used for cost-plus contracts. C) No scope changes are made on fixed-price contracts while scope changes are allowed for cost-plus contracts. D) On fixed-price contracts the cost is set in advance while for cost-plus contracts it is established after the project is completed. E) On fixed-price contracts contractors are used while on cost-plus contracts no external contractors are used.
51) Principled negotiation emphasizes developing win/win solutions while protecting yourself against those who would take advantage of your forthrightness. Which of the following is NOT one of the key points of principled negotiation? A) B) C) D) E)
52)
Use objective criteria when possible Be honest and forthright Focus on interests, not positions Separate the people from the problem Invent options for mutual gain
Customer satisfaction can be quantified by
Version 1
12
A) B) C) D) E)
perceived performance divided by actual performance. actual performance divided by expected performance. perceived performance divided by expected performance. actual performance divided by perceived performance. expected performance divided by actual performance.
53) Mathematically, customer satisfaction is a function of the extent to which perceived performance exceeds expectations. A customer satisfaction ratio of .95 indicates that a customer is A) B) C) D) E)
54)
very satisfied. slightly satisfied. neutral—expectations were met. slightly dissatisfied. very dissatisfied.
Which of the following is suggested as the best target for a customer satisfaction ratio? A) B) C) D) E)
1.00 1.05 1.10 1.20 1.50
55) The following are ways a project manager can manage a customer's expectations and perceptions EXCEPT
Version 1
13
A) B) C) customer. D) E) manner.
56)
share significant risks that might disrupt project execution. make sure that customer interactions are handled in a competent and professional
When interacting with the customer, it is important that the project manager A) B) C) D) E)
57)
avoid the temptation to oversell the virtues of the project to win approval. make sure to develop a well-defined scope statement. delay communicating problems that you feel can be resolved without involving the
show the customer your knowledge on the subject by using technical terms. speak slowly and in precise terms. speak the language of the customer. allow only one person from the project team to communicate with the customer. ask the customer to repeat important details.
Which of the following is NOT an element of good negotiation? A) B) C) D) E)
Be hard on the problem, soft on the people Conflict on a project can be good Negotiation is not a contest Seek first to understand, then to be understood Avoid dealing with unreasonable people
58) When considering principled negotiation, keeping focus on the issues even when people become upset, frustrated, and even angry is an example of A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
separating people from the problem. being honest and forthright. focusing on interests, not positions. inventing options for mutual gain. using objective criteria.
14
59) When considering principled negotiation, revealing why you are trying to achieve something instead of demanding what you want or need is an example of A) B) C) D) E)
separating people from the problem. being honest. focusing on interests, not position. inventing options for mutual gain. when possible, using objective criteria.
60) When considering principled negotiation, when one person identifies options that are of low cost to them but of high interest to the other party, this is an example of A) B) C) D) E)
61)
A key element to any conflict management process is A) B) C) D) E)
62)
separating people from the problem. being honest. focusing on interests, not position. inventing options for mutual gain. when possible, using objective criteria.
defined boundaries. resolution. escalation. a charter. a request for proposal.
Co-locating staff for a project is a good strategy to
Version 1
15
A) B) C) D) E)
63)
Advantages to outsourced project work can include A) B) C) D) E)
64)
reduce travel time. reduce team friction. reduce overhead cost. increase MBWA. increase project duration.
better project control. better expertise. faster time to market. making in-house expertise more competitive. both better expertise and faster time to market.
Outsourcing project work requires A) B) C) D) E)
the need to reduce costs. willingness to accept an inferior product. strong management and leadership. a very focused scope. a willingness to work with people outside the country.
65) Outsourcing project work to a supplier with questionable labor practices can cause a situation called A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
deterministic deliverables. outsourced experience. political hot potato. realized risk. loss of control.
16
66)
An organization that has identified an opportunity for long-term outsourcing can expect A) B) C) D) E)
better communication. lowered administrative costs. improved utilization of resources. increased lead times. All of these alternatives are correct.
67) In order to be even moderately successful at managing relations, a project manager needs to be skilled at managing customer ___________ and ____________ . A) B) C) D) E)
expectations; perceptions budget; schedule fears; concerns jargon; competency surveys; feedback
68) Since different participants do not share the same values, priorities, and culture, projects are more prone to interpersonal ___________ when outsourcing. A) B) C) D) E)
conflict communication competition contracting consistency
69) In the traditional approach to managing contracted relationships, _________ project contracting is normal.
Version 1
17
A) B) C) D) E)
multiple dual single creative sequential
70) When using the partnering approach to manage contracted relationships, ________ is shared jointly among the partners, which encourages innovation and continuous improvement. A) B) C) D) E)
opportunity risk vision communication collaboration
71) When using the partnering approach to manage contracted relationships, mutual ________ forms the basis for strong working relationships. A) B) C) D) E)
respect collaboration communication creativity trust
72) The team-building sessions often conclude with the creation of a partnering _________ signed by all of the participants. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
contract communication agreement legal document charter collaboration agreement
18
73) In the traditional approach to managing contracted relationships, ________ are structured and guarded. A) B) C) D) E)
communications innovations inventions patents collaborations
74) Projects are more prone to conflict when outsourcing project work. The primary control mechanism for dealing with and resolving problems is known as _________. A) B) C) D) E)
de-escalation conflict resolution escalation mutual dialogue communication
75) The term __________ has traditionally been applied to the transferring of business functions or processes to other, often foreign, companies. A) B) C) D) E)
offshoring off-campus off-premises outsourcing contracting
76) Whether a client is dissatisfied or delighted with a project is not based on hard facts and objective data but on perceptions and _________.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
understanding comprehension expectations discernment appreciation
77) Cost __________ is a major advantage of outsourcing project work because companies can secure competitive prices for contracted services, especially if the work can be outsourced offshore. A) B) C) D) E)
78)
clarity certainty reduction depletion variance
Not only can contracted project work be cheaper, it can also be done __________. A) B) C) D) E)
faster with better quality with less conflict with less complexity All of these alternatives are correct.
79) A company no longer has to keep up with technological advances. High levels of __________ and technology can be brought onto a project by using contracted services. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
skill expertise proficiency know-how consulting
20
80) Contracting project services can increase a firm's _________ by no longer being constrained by their own resources. A) B) C) D) E)
pliability moldability creativity flexibility innovativeness
81) When outsourcing project work, coordination __________ are intensified by physical separation with people working in different buildings, different cities, if not different countries. A) B) C) D) E)
accommodations details issues conflicts breakdowns
82) More and more companies are using online _________ to collect data from all project participants about the quality of working relations. A) B) C) D) E)
questionnaires surveys interviews focus groups measurement instruments
83) There is a potential loss of __________ over a project when the core team depends on other organizations that they do not have direct authority over.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
control authority creativity influence All of these alternatives are correct.
84) Too often project members respond to customer inquiries with technical jargon. Project members should speak the language of the ________. A) B) C) D) E)
85)
chief suite accountants customers finance team All of these alternatives are correct.
Many people approach _________ as if it is a competitive process. A) B) C) D) E)
conflict diversity negotiation innovation creativity
86) Fisher and Ury champion the ________ negotiation approach to negotiation because it emphasizes win/win solutions while protecting yourself against those who would take advantage of your forthrightness. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
ethical creative principled virtuous moral
22
87) _______ satisfaction is measured by the ratio of perceived performance to expected performance. A) B) C) D) E)
Customer Client Contractor Consumer Buyer
88) The best defense against unreasonable, win/lose negotiators is having what Fisher and Ury call a strong __________. A) B) C) D) E)
89)
One key focus of principled negotiation is to separate people from the _________. A) B) C) D) E)
90)
BATNA BAGNA BAQNA FATNA GATNA
issue problem complication difficulty obstacle
Which of the following is not a disadvantage of outsourcing project work?
Version 1
23
A) B) C) D) E)
Collaboration and accommodation. Loss of control. Conflict. Security issues. Political hot potato.
91) To avoid problems with schedules and deadlines, contractors are held accountable with _________ clauses in the contract for failure to perform up to standard. A) B) C) D) E)
incentive accommodation punitive penalty retribution
92) __________ is less relevant for independent work that does not require ongoing coordination between professionals for different organizations. A) B) C) D) E)
Dispersed location Co-location Diversity Complexity Collaboration
93) When you _________________ for mutual gain, the project team is beginning to create a “win/win” scenario. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
invent options create alternatives brainstorm scenarios conceive futures think out of the box
24
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 94) What is partnering and why has it become popular for managing projects?
95)
Identify and briefly describe three of the four advantages to outsourcing project work.
96) Discuss how key practices in the partnering approach to managing contracted relationships vary from those in the traditional approach for working relationships, goals, and communications.
97) Discuss how key practices in the partnering approach to managing contracted relationships vary from those in the traditional approach regarding risk, length of commitment, and structure of project teams.
98) When using the traditional approach to managing contracted relationships, risk is transferred to the other party. Give a real-life example of this. Discuss why this is not conducive of a partnering relationship and how it can impact project innovation.
Version 1
25
99) One simple but useful way of viewing customer satisfaction is in terms of met expectations. Why should one strive for a ratio of 1.05 and not 1.50?
100) "Team-building is nice to have for a project, but we really need to concentrate on the planning and technical challenges—this is the make-or-break point for this project." Agree or disagree? Support your answer.
101) Project managers must be skilled at managing customer expectations and perceptions. Give three examples of how one can do this.
102) Many companies recognize that major benefits can be enjoyed when outsourcing arrangements extend across multiple projects and are long term. Identify and describe three advantages for establishing long-term partnerships.
103) Describe the Met-Expectations Model of customer satisfaction including the formula to calculate it.
Version 1
26
104) When negotiating, the tendency is to want to win! Give two reasons why this is not a good approach when managing contracted relationships.
105) What does the acronym BATNA stand for and why is it important to being a successful negotiator?
Version 1
27
Answer Key Test name: Chap 12_8e 1) TRUE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) TRUE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) FALSE 8) FALSE 9) TRUE 10) TRUE 11) TRUE 12) FALSE 13) TRUE 14) FALSE 15) TRUE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) TRUE 21) TRUE 22) TRUE 23) FALSE 24) TRUE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE Version 1
28
27) D 28) E 29) C 30) B 31) D 32) C 33) B 34) B 35) C 36) E 37) D 38) A 39) D 40) E 41) E 42) E 43) D 44) D 45) C 46) A 47) C 48) A 49) B 50) D 51) B 52) C 53) D 54) B 55) C 56) C Version 1
29
57) E 58) A 59) C 60) D 61) C 62) B 63) E 64) C 65) C 66) A 67) A 68) A 69) C 70) B 71) E 72) D 73) A 74) C 75) D 76) C 77) C 78) A 79) B 80) D 81) E 82) B 83) A 84) C 85) C 86) C Version 1
30
87) A 88) A 89) B 90) A 91) D 92) B 93) A 94) Partnering is a method of transforming contractual relationships into a cohesive, cooperative project team with a single set of goals and established procedures for resolving disputes in a timely manner. It is popular because the old way, built on an adversarial premise, was not working. 95) (1) Cost reduction: Companies can secure competitive prices for contracted services, especially if the work is outsourced overseas. (2) Faster project completion: Outsourcing can provide access to equipment that can accelerate completion. (3) Increased flexibility: Organizations are no longer constrained by their own resources. (4) Higher level of expertise: A high level of expertise and technology can be brought to bear on projects. 96) With partnering, mutual trust forms the basis for strong working relationships while in traditional approaches there is suspicion and distrust with each party wary of the motives for actions by the other. With partnering, goals and objectives are shared and ensure common direction while traditionally each party's goals and objectives are similar but geared to what is best for them. With partnering, communications are open to avoid misdirection and thus bolster effective working relationships while in traditional approaches communications are structured and guarded.
Version 1
31
97) In partnering, risk is shared jointly among the partners, which encourages innovation and continuous improvement while traditionally risk is to be avoided and transferred to the other party. In partnering, long-term commitments are made while traditionally single project contracting is the norm. In partnering, project teams are composed of all participating organizations and result in a high level of interaction while traditionally each organization has its own spatially separated teams. 98) When risk is contracted out or transferred to another party, there is no motivation for the organizations involved to work together (pool resources) to mitigate or manage the risk. If risk isn't shared, project innovation will decrease in an effort to decrease the risk. 99) High customer satisfaction is the goal of most projects. However, profitability is another concern. Exceeding expectations typically entails additional costs. Under most circumstances, the most profitable arrangement occurs when the customer's expectations are only slightly exceeded. 100) Smart firms recognize that people issues are as important, if not more important, than technical issues. They train their personnel to work effectively with people from other organizations and countries. 101) Project managers can manage customer expectations and perceptions by not overselling the project to win approval, developing a well-defined scope, sharing significant risks with the customer, keeping the customer abreast of project progress and making sure that customer interactions are handled in a competent and professional manner.
Version 1
32
102) (1) Reduced administration cost: Costs associated with bidding and selecting a contractor are eliminated. (2) More efficient utilization of resources: Owners are able to concentrate their workforce on core business. (3) Improved communication: As partners gain experience with each other, they develop a common language and perspective. (4) Improved innovation: The partners can discuss innovation and associated risks in a more open manner and share risks and rewards fairly. (5) Improved performance: Over time partners may apply lessons learned from previous projects to current projects. 103) Customer satisfaction is a function of the extent to which perceived performance exceeds expected performance and can be represented by dividing the perceived performance by the expected performance. A result less than one indicates dissatisfaction where a result over one indicates satisfaction. 104) Project management is not a contest. First, different organizations have formed a temporary alliance to complete a project. For this alliance to work it requires a certain degree of trust, cooperation, and honesty. Second, if conflicts escalate to the point where negotiations break down and the project comes to a halt, then everyone loses. Third, unlike bartering with a street vendor, the people involved in project work will continue to work together. Finally, conflict on a project can be good. When dealt with effectively it can lead to innovation, better decisions, and more creative problem solving. 105) BATNA is a best alternative to a negotiated agreement and it is the true benchmark for determining whether you should accept an agreement. It is the best tool to deal with unreasonable people.
Version 1
33
CHAPTER 13 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) In some cases, conditions or scope can change, which, in turn, will require a change in the baseline plan to recognize new information. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) The PCIC index measures the project percent complete in relation to the actual resources used so far on the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) The only accurate method for determining the true time progress of the project is to compare the project network schedule against the actual network schedule to measure if the project is on time. ⊚ ⊚
4)
Schedule variance measures progress in time units. ⊚ ⊚
5)
true false
true false
Earned value is defined as the budgeted cost of the actual work performed. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) The baseline is derived from merging information from the work packages with the project network. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7) Because of their easy-to-understand visual format, tracking Gantt charts are the most favored, used, and understandable option for reporting project status. ⊚ ⊚
8)
true false
The PV, AC and CV are all required to assess the current status of the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) When revising the estimated cost at completion, there are two approaches. The EACre is determined by experts in the field and the EACf is a mathematical approach which assumes the CPI as the basis for forecasting cost at completion. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) The best method for assigning costs to the baseline under the 50/50 rule is to establish frequent checkpoints over the duration of the work package and assign completion percentages in dollar terms. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) Most changes will not result in serious scope changes and should be absorbed as positive or negative variances. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) A "rubber baseline" occurs when, in an effort to disguise poor performance, the baseline changes to constantly match results.
Version 1
2
⊚ ⊚
13)
true false
Baseline costs typically include labor, equipment, materials and direct overhead cost. ⊚ ⊚
true false
14) A project control system allows for comparing actual performance against plan to identify deviations; however, the system doesn't impact the quality of communication between stakeholders. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) Two major reasons for creating a baseline are to monitor and report progress and to estimate cash flow. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) In calculating schedule variance and cost variance, a negative variance indicates a desirable condition, and a positive variance suggests problems. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) An undesirable schedule variance always indicates that the project is running behind schedule. ⊚ ⊚
18)
true false
Progress and performance can be measured quantitatively as well as qualitatively.
Version 1
3
⊚ ⊚
19)
true false
A CPI index of 1.11 indicates that the project has spent less money than earned. ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) A project manager notices that the current EV for his project is lower than both the PV and the AC. He has reason to be concerned about the underperforming project. ⊚ ⊚
21)
true false
All scope changes that result in increased costs should be avoided. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) Although it is very difficult to measure, measuring technical performance is as important as measuring schedule and cost performance. ⊚ ⊚
true false
23) Deciding what data to collect, collecting the data and analyzing it, and reporting this data are all parts of structuring a project monitoring information system. ⊚ ⊚
24)
true false
A project manager would be glad to see a TCPI of 1.2. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
4
25)
A positive VAC indicates that the project will be completed under budget. ⊚ ⊚
26)
true false
A Control Chart can be used to estimate schedule trends. ⊚ ⊚
true false
27) For a more complex project, statistical analysis can be applied to a control chart to identify potential causes of schedule deviation. ⊚ ⊚
true false
28) If the cost of labor and materials has not been separated there is additional analysis required to determine the cause of the calculated variance. ⊚ ⊚
true false
29) The schedule variance is the best way to get an accurate assessment of schedule performance. ⊚ ⊚
true false
30) A common project practice is to ignore straight labor hours when calculating earned value. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
5
31)
A scope change is always viewed negatively as it changes the delivery date of the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 32) A project monitoring system involves all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
determining what data to collect. determining how, when, and who will collect the data. adjusting the data. analysis of the data. reporting current progress.
33) A team leader tells the project manager that as of right now, $1.20 worth of work has been accomplished for each $1 worth of scheduled work. The team leader got this information from viewing the A) B) C) D) E)
SV. TCPI. CPI. SPI. PCIB.
34) A project manager just received the following information on her project: PV = 300, EV = 300, AC = 200. In terms of cost at completion,
Version 1
6
A) the project will currently finish under budget, assuming the project continues to perform in this way. B) the project will currently finish over budget, assuming the project continues to perform in this way. C) the project will currently finish on budget, assuming the project continues to perform in this way. D) the project will currently finish behind schedule, assuming the project continues to perform in this way. E) there is insufficient information to draw conclusions.
35) The first step in the project control process for measuring and evaluating project performance is to A) B) C) D) E)
set a baseline plan. determine the project objectives. determine the project deliverables. analyze the project budget. review the project priority matrix.
36) The second step in the project control process for measuring and evaluating project performance is to A) B) C) D) E)
review the baseline plan with top management. analyze inputs to control system. compare plan against actual. measure progress and performance. review spending with team members.
37) The third step in the project control process for measuring and evaluating project performance is to
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
review the baseline plan with top management. analyze inputs to the control system. compare the plan against actual performance. measure both progress and performance. review spending with team members.
38) The final step in the project control process for measuring and evaluating project performance is to A) B) C) D) E)
take appropriate action. prepare a report to top management. follow up on corrective action. measure progress and performance. review spending with team members.
39) In monitoring project time (schedule) performance, actual performance should be compared to A) B) C) D) E)
40)
budgets for the current year. top management's targets. project network schedule derived from the WBS/OBS. progress on similar past projects. previous status reports.
A ___________ Gantt chart is a simple and effective way to depict progress on a project. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
baseline control variance tracking simple
8
41) A tool used to monitor past project schedule performance and current performance, and to estimate future schedule trends is a simple line chart known as a A) B) C) D) E)
Gantt chart. network diagram. PERT chart. milestone chart. project control chart.
42) The earned value system starts with the time-phased costs that provide the project baseline, which is called the A) B) C) D) E)
43)
The earned value of a project is the A) B) C) D) E)
44)
planned budgeted value of work scheduled. planned budgeted value of work completed. earned value of work scheduled. scheduled value of work scheduled. scheduled value of work completed.
project cost to date adjusted for project scope changes. total project cost to date. cost incurred minus the planned cost. percent of the original budget that has been earned by work that is completed. the planned time-phased baseline of the value of work scheduled.
The cost variance for a project is calculated by
Version 1
9
A) B) C) D) E)
45)
The schedule variance for a project is calculated by: A) B) C) D) E)
46)
EV − AC AC − SV PV − EV CV − EV EV − PV
Baseline project budgets are derived from A) B) C) D) E)
47)
EV − AC. AC − SV. PV − EV. CV − EV. EV − PV.
the organization's overall budget. time-phasing the work packages. top management directions. the total direct, direct project overhead and G&A overhead costs. the earned value system.
Of the following costs, which are NOT included in baseline? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Suppliers Equipment Labor Budget reserves Contractors
10
48) When someone familiar with each task estimates what percent of the task has been completed or how much of the task remains, they are creating a method for assigning costs to the baseline called the A) B) C) D) E)
49)
0/100 percent rule. task complete rule. degree complete rule. work complete rule. percent complete rule.
Which performance index is the most potentially misleading? A) B) C) D) E)
CPI EV CV SV EAC
50) Which of the following are required to assess the current status of a project using the earned-value cost/schedule system? A) B) C) D) E)
BAC, EAC, and ETC VAC, EAC, and BAC CV, SV, and BAC PV, EV, and AC TCPI, EV, and PV
51) Which of the following methods of variance analysis is the best indicator of how far off the budget a project will be at completion?
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
BAC EAC ETC VAC TCPI
52) Which of the following methods will measure the cost efficiency of the work accomplished to date? A) B) C) D) E)
SV/CV EV/PV EV/AC AC/SV AC/CV
53) Which of the following methods will measure the scheduling efficiency of the work accomplished to date? A) B) C) D) E)
54)
SV/CV EV/PV EV/AC AC/SV AC/CV
A CPI or SPI value less than one indicates that the project is currently A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
under cost or behind schedule. over cost or ahead of schedule. under cost or ahead of schedule. over cost or behind schedule. on cost or on schedule.
12
55)
The value that tells you the planned value of work that has actually been completed is the A) B) C) D) E)
SV. PV. EV. AC. CV.
56) The indicator that tells you the amount each remaining dollar must earn for the project to stay within budget is the A) B) C) D) E)
PCIC. VAC. CPI. SPI. TCPI.
57) A program financial accountant learns that a project is currently earning $1.15 for each dollar actually spent. The accountant is able to determine this by looking at the A) B) C) D) E)
EV. BAC. SV. SPI. CPI.
58) A project manager notices that $5,560 worth of work that was scheduled to be completed at this time has not been accomplished. She knows this by looking at the
Version 1
13
A) B) C) D) E)
EV. TCPI. SV. PCIB. EAC.
59) A project manager receives the following information on his project: PV = 4,500, AC =4,000, EV = 5,000. How well is the project doing in terms of budget? A) B) C) D) E)
Right on budget 1,000 under budget 1,000 over budget 500 under budget 500 over budget
60) The chief financial officer receives the following information on a project: PV = 10,000, EV = 12,000, AC = 8,000, BAC = 20,000, EAC = 13,333. How is the project doing in terms of schedule? A) B) C) D) E)
61)
More work has been done than planned Less work has been done than planned The same amount of work has been done than planned The project has cost more than planned There is not enough information to draw a conclusion
Which of the following is NOT true regarding scope creep? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
It commonly occurs late in projects. It is frequently unnoticed until time delays or cost overruns are observed. It wears down team motivation and cohesiveness. Project suppliers resent frequent changes. Scope changes can represent significant opportunity.
14
62) A reason that the duration on a task may differ from an original duration on a tracking Gantt chart could be A) B) C) D) E)
63)
The start of a task may be moved on a tracking Gantt due to A) B) C) D) E)
64)
an expected delay. new information on the task. the task has been cancelled. a new budget cycle. an unexpected delay.
increase in earned value. lack of an updated control chart. a predecessor task starting late. Both an increase in earned value and a lack of an updated control chart. All of these alternatives are correct.
When reviewing the cost variance on a project, you compare Earned Value with A) B) C) D) E)
actual cost. realized risks. planned value. Both actual cost and planned value. All of these alternatives are correct.
65) A Cost/Schedule graph can be interpreted using ___________ for its vertical axis and _______ for its horizontal axis.
Version 1
15
A) B) C) D) E)
66)
A project can have a negative schedule variance and still be ahead of schedule when A) B) C) D) E)
67)
all budget targets have been achieved. earned value exceeds planned value. progress on the critical path is faster than non-critical path tasks. actual cost exceeds earned value. None of these alternatives is correct.
A negative cost variance combined with a negative schedule variance is an indicator of A) B) C) D) E)
68)
Earned Value; Schedule. Dates; Actual Cost. Baseline; Deadline. Dollar Amounts; Time. None of these alternatives is correct.
actual cost exceeding earned value. planned value exceeding earned value. budget over-runs. behind schedule. All of these alternatives are correct.
Causes for scope creep can include A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
newly identified features. incorrect design assumptions. new technology. users want more functionality. All of these alternatives are correct.
16
69) Which of the following is not one of the four steps for measuring and evaluating project performance? A) B) C) D) E)
Setting a baseline plan. Setting a baseline budget. Taking action. Measuring progress and performance. Comparing plan against actual.
70) Taking action in the four steps for measuring and evaluating project performance can only happen after _________. A) B) C) D) E)
setting a baseline plan. setting a baseline budget. measuring progress and performance. comparing plan against actual. writing a progress and performance report.
71) The value that tells you how much work has been completed in dollars of value is ___________. A) B) C) D) E)
earned value planned value actual cost budgeted cost of work scheduled baseline plan
72) When someone familiar with each task estimates what percent of the task has been completed or how much of the task remains, they are creating a method for assigning costs to the baseline called the ____________ rule.
Version 1
17
A) B) C) D) E)
estimated completion estimated cost percent complete estimation estimation method
73) Because of their easy-to-understand visual format, ________ charts are the most favored, used, and understandable tool used to report project schedule status. A) B) C) D) E)
Network Work breakdown structure Gantt Burndown Cost/schedule
74) The indicator that tells you the planned time-phased value of the work that is scheduled is the _______________. A) B) C) D) E)
75)
planned value (PV) earned value (EV) schedule variance (SV) cost variance (CV) None of these alternatives is correct.
Baseline project budgets are derived from time-phasing the work ________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
products milestones packages modules resources
18
76) The ________ variance is the difference between the earned value and the actual costs for the work completed to date. A) B) C) D) E)
schedule cost budget time performance
77) The ________ variance is the difference between the earned value to date and the baseline schedule. A) B) C) D) E)
78)
schedule cost budget time performance
________ is simply the percent complete times the original budget. A) B) C) D) E)
Actual cost Earned value Cost Performance Index Schedule Performance Index Budget at Completion
79) Conditions or scope can change during execution, which, in turn, will require a change to the __________ plan to recognize the new information.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
project budget schedule overall baseline
80) The project network schedule is derived from the _______ and it serves as the baseline to compare against actual performance. A) B) C) D) E)
81)
Risk Breakdown Structure Work Breakdown Structure Gantt Chart Organization Breakdown Structure Risk Register
A negative CV indicates the project is currently ________ budget. A) B) C) D) E)
over under on track with ahead of behind
82) The ________ rule assumes credit is earned for having performed the work once it is completed. This rule is usually used for work packages having very short durations. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
one-to-ten one-to-one 50/100 0/100 50/50
20
83) The ratio that measures the amount of value each remaining dollar in the budget must earn to stay within the budget is the _________. A) B) C) D) E)
CPI SPI TCPI EAC PCIB
84) The _________ index measures the project percent complete in relation to the resources that were budgeted. A) B) C) D) E)
CPI SPI TCPI EAC PCIB
85) Given that the AC = 500, PV = 400 and EV = 300, this project is currently _________ budget and ______ schedule. A) B) C) D) E)
under, ahead of under, behind over, behind over, ahead of on, on
86) Given an EAC of $10,000 and a BAC of $15,000, the project is expected to be completed _________.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
87)
over budget under budget over budget but ahead of schedule under budget but behind schedule on budget
A CPI index of 1.18 indicates that the project is currently ________ schedule. A) B) C) D) E)
ahead of behind over under cannot be determined.
88) Although it is very difficult to measure, measuring ________ performance is as important as measuring schedule and cost performance. A) B) C) D) E)
89)
procurement technical stakeholder human resources risk
Which of the following is not a benefit of Earned Value Management?
Version 1
22
A) Measures accomplishments against plan and deliverables. B) Provides a method for tracking directly to a problem work package and organization unit responsible. C) Enables the project manager to ascertain problem paths within the project network and when the critical path is underperforming. D) Alerts all stakeholders to early identification of problems and allows for quick, proactive corrective action. E) Provides for accountability over individual portions of the overall budget for each organization unit.
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 90) Identify the steps in creating a control process that measures and evaluates project performance.
91)
What is the difference between a baseline Gantt chart and a tracking Gantt chart?
92) A project manager learns that his project has an EV of 1,500, AC of 1,100 and PV of 1,400. What can the project manager report regarding this project?
93) Conducting an earned value analysis requires three data elements. Identify the acronyms for each and describe what they are.
Version 1
23
94) In reviewing the budget report of a project, you notice that spending on the project is running about 10 percent over plan. Is the project in trouble? Support your answer.
95) Schedule variance (SV) is in dollars and does not directly represent time. Why is it still useful?
96)
All projects need some form of formal control. Agree or disagree? Support you answer.
97)
Identify and describe two methods for tracking and trending schedule performance.
98) Two project complete indexes are used, depending on your judgment of which one is most representative of your project. Identify both indexes and explain when it is most appropriate to use each.
Version 1
24
99)
What is scope creep and how does it impact project control?
100)
What is a "rubber baseline" and how does it undermine project control?
101) What is the percent complete rule and what role does it play when developing an earned value cost/schedule system?
Version 1
25
Answer Key Test name: Chap 13_8e 1) TRUE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) FALSE 9) TRUE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) FALSE 15) TRUE 16) FALSE 17) FALSE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) TRUE 21) FALSE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) FALSE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE Version 1
26
27) TRUE 28) TRUE 29) FALSE 30) FALSE 31) FALSE 32) C 33) D 34) A 35) A 36) D 37) C 38) A 39) C 40) D 41) E 42) A 43) D 44) A 45) E 46) B 47) D 48) E 49) D 50) D 51) D 52) C 53) B 54) D 55) C 56) E Version 1
27
57) E 58) C 59) B 60) A 61) A 62) B 63) C 64) A 65) D 66) C 67) E 68) E 69) B 70) D 71) A 72) C 73) C 74) A 75) C 76) B 77) A 78) B 79) E 80) B 81) A 82) D 83) C 84) E 85) C 86) B Version 1
28
87) E 88) B 89) C 90) (1) Set the baseline plan; (2) Measure the progress and performance; (3) Compare plan against actual; (4) Take corrective action as indicated by the results. 91) The baseline chart is created during the project planning phase and lays out the logic and timing for major activities. The tracking Gantt chart shows progress against that plan by using various graphical techniques to display progress. 92) The project has a positive CV of $400. This indicates that $400 less was spent on actual work performed than what was earned. The project has a positive SV of $100. This indicates that $100 worth of work has been completed that wasn't planned at this time. In order to be sure that this work includes critical activities, the project manager must look at the tracking Gantt chart. Efficiency indexes can also be reported and interpreted. CPI = 1.36 and the SPI is 1.07 93) (1) PV-budgeted cost of work scheduled; (2) EV-budgeted cost of the work performed; (3) AC-actual cost of the work performed. 94) You don't know for sure. The project may be in trouble; however, the cost overrun could be due to the project being ahead of schedule. You would need to have an earned value analysis run before you could tell. 95) Schedule variance presents an overall assessment of all work packages in the project scheduled to date. Although it doesn't directly represent time, it is still very useful in assessing the direction all the work in the project is taking after 20 percent of the project has been completed.
Version 1
29
96) Control by "wandering around" and/or "involvement" can overcome most problems in small projects. But large projects need some form of formal control. Control holds people accountable, prevents small problems from mushrooming into large problems, and keeps focus. 97) The only accurate method for determining the true time progress of the project is to compare the project network schedule against the actual network schedule to measure if the project is on time. Tracking Gantt charts and control charts are two ways to do this. 98) The PCIB assumes the original budget of work complete is the most reliable information to measure project percent complete. The PCIC assumes the actual costs-to-date and expected cost at completion are the most reliable for measuring project percent complete. 99) Scope creep is small refinements that eventually build into a major change in the scope of the project. A project manager should be concerned in that the project was put together and the resources assembled to achieve specific objectives and while the motives can be well intended the result is that sacrifices may be required to the other two key areas of schedule and/or costs. 100) A rubber baseline is when the baseline is constantly revised to match results in attempt to disguise poor performance. This undermines project control by not having accurate performance measures to control variances. Problems will continue to mushroom, no one is accountable, and there is no way to use these measures to help plan and implement future projects.
Version 1
30
101) The percent complete rule is used when someone familiar with each task estimates what percent of the task has been completed or how much of the task remains. The best method for assigning costs to the baseline under this rule is to establish frequent checkpoints over the duration of the work package and assign completion percentages in dollar terms. Once percent complete has been established, earned value can be determined.
Version 1
31
CHAPTER 14 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Motivation can be the chief challenge when wrapping up closure activities. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) In premature project closure, the project may be completed early with some parts of the project eliminated. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) Retrospectives of lessons learned are designed to improve performance on current and future projects. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) When a project starts as a high priority but its rank erodes or crashes during its project life cycle resulting in closure of the project is an example of changed priority project closure. ⊚ ⊚
5)
true false
The audit report typically includes profit made on the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) During the closing phase, the project manager's challenge is to keep the project team focused on the remaining project activities and delivery to the customer until the project is complete. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7)
Implementing project closure includes getting delivery acceptance from the customer. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) There are three types of project audits: pre-project audits, in-process project audits, and post-project audits. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) Expectations, standards, supportive organizational culture, and constraints must be in place before project implementation; if not, the effectiveness of the evaluation process will suffer. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) Performance appraisals generally fulfil two important functions—the first is developmental; the second is evaluative. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) Each lesson learned in the lesson learned repository is assigned an owner/team member who is very interested in and familiar with the lesson. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) Project managers should wait to give feedback to the project team and team members until the project has been completed. Giving feedback throughout the project can distract project teams.
Version 1
2
⊚ ⊚
true false
13) Assessing what fundamental organizational culture properties affect project successes and failures, or become a hindrance to project teams, is a part of the retrospectives methodology. ⊚ ⊚
true false
14) In organizations where projects are managed within a functional organization, the team member's area manager, not the project manager, is responsible for assessing performance. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) The most common circumstance for project closure is simply a completed project such as building a new facility or creating a customized information system. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) A project closure where the project is completed early with some parts of the project eliminated would be classified as a failed project. ⊚ ⊚
17)
true false
The key requirement in selection of the facilitator is one who is the end-user. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) The retrospective facilitator should be able to deliver bad news to the project sponsor or senior management without recriminations.
Version 1
3
⊚ ⊚
true false
19) Retrospective methodology is one positive step toward ensuring lessons learned are developed and implemented. ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) A 360-degree performance evaluation includes feedback from peers, project managers, subordinates, and even customers. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) Project managers should, when possible, draw comparisons to other team members when conducting individual team member reviews. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) The retrospective methodology is more inclusive and disciplined than past lessons learned approaches. ⊚ ⊚
true false
23) Setting the conditions for the completion and transfer of a project should happen at the beginning of the project close-out phase. ⊚ ⊚
true false
24) When conducting performance reviews of individuals, begin the process by informing him or her what the team has noticed/observed about his performance.
Version 1
4
⊚ ⊚
true false
25) When performing a retrospective for a project, whoever is performing the retrospective needs to be perceived as being independent and unbiased. ⊚ ⊚
true false
26) The typical mechanism for evaluating teams are peer reviews by all team members of themselves and all other team members. In some cases, peer reviews of some stakeholders are included as well. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 27) The most common circumstance for project closure is simply a ________ project. A) B) C) D) E)
completed overdue over-budget underachieving successful
28) Which of the following is NOT a wrap-up closure activity that might be found on a checklist? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Getting delivery acceptance from the customer Reassigning project team members Closing accounts and seeing all bills are paid Evaluation of team performance Creating a final report
5
29) __________ of lessons learned are designed to improve performance on current and future projects. A) B) C) D) E)
30)
Retrospectives Corrective action plans Introspectives Culminations Evolutions
The content of the audit report typically includes the following topics EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
lessons learned. analysis. recommendations. appendix. team reviews.
31) When the project may be completed early with some parts of the project eliminated this is considered ___________ closure. A) B) C) D) E)
normal premature perpetual changed priority failed project
32) This type of closure occurs when the project may never seem to end. At some point the review group should recommend methods for bringing final closure to this type of project. This is considered ___________ closure.
Version 1
6
A) B) C) D) E)
normal premature perpetual changed priority failed project
33) Because of circumstances beyond the control of the project team, many projects are easy for a review group to close down. This type of project closure is called A) B) C) D) E)
normal. premature. perpetual. failed project. changed priority.
34) When a project starts with a high priority but it is canceled because its rank erodes or crashes during its project life cycle is an example of what type of project closure? A) B) C) D) E)
Normal Premature Perpetual Failed project Changed priority
35) Which of the following summarizes project performance and provides useful information for continuous improvement? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Customer acceptance The audit report Team evaluation 360-degree feedback Project summary
7
36) Which part of the audit report summarizes risks and issues encountered on the project and how they were addressed? A) B) C) D) E)
Classification Analysis Recommendations Lessons learned Appendix
37) Which part of the audit report examines in detail the underlying causes of problems, issues, and successes relative to the project and includes concise, factual review statements of the project? A) B) C) D) E)
38)
Which part of the audit report presents major improvement actions that should be made? A) B) C) D) E)
39)
Classification Analysis Recommendations Lessons learned Appendix
Classification Analysis Recommendations Lessons learned Appendix
Which part of the audit report is designed to be the most useful on future projects?
Version 1
8
A) B) C) D) E)
Classification Analysis Recommendations Lessons learned Appendix
40) Which part of the audit report includes backup data or details of analysis that would allow others to follow up if they wished? A) B) C) D) E)
41)
Classification Analysis Recommendations Lessons learned Appendix
The purpose of project evaluation is to assess how well A) B) C) D) E)
the project team performed. the team members performed. the project manager performed. the project team and team members performed. the project team, team members and project manager performed.
42) Which of the following would NOT be appropriate to assess when evaluating team performance? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
How well the team performed in terms of time, cost, and specifications Effectiveness of group decisions Individual strengths and weaknesses Customer satisfaction with project deliverables Trust among group members
9
43) Evaluation of project team performance tends to be based on achieving project objectives according to______. A) B) C) D) E)
time. cost. specifications. customer/end user satisfaction. All of these alternatives are correct.
44) Performance appraisals generally fulfill two functions. The first is to identify individual strengths and weaknesses and to develop action plans for improving performance. The second involves salary or merit adjustments. Why should these two functions be addressed at different times? A) It is too much information to discuss at once. B) Employees are so eager to learn about a potential raise that they tend to tune out constructive feedback. C) Managers tend to spend too much time talking about how the employee can improve his or her performance and not on justifying the salary adjustment. D) If employees are upset over a salary adjustment, they will be more willing to listening to ways they can improve. E) If the manager is giving employees good news regarding their salary adjustment, they will not have to discuss the employees' strengths and weaknesses.
45)
The following are general tips for conducting performance reviews EXCEPT
A) begin the process by asking the individual to evaluate his or her own contributions to the project. B) use other team members' performance as a method to compare and evaluate. C) when you must be critical, focus the criticism on specific examples of behavior and not on the individual personally. D) be fair and consistent in your treatment of all team members. E) treat the review as only one point in an ongoing process.
Version 1
10
46)
In retrospective methodology, a facilitator uses _______ to conduct _____ audits. A) B) C) D) E)
questionnaires, pre-project customer focus groups, post-project customer focus groups, pre-project questionnaires, post-project All of these alternatives are correct.
47) Armed with information gleaned from one-on-one sessions and other sources, the facilitator __________. A) B) C) D) E)
48)
writes a retrospective report. submits final questionnaires. leads a team retrospective session. documents lessons learned. assigns an owner to each documented lesson that was learned.
The following are distinguishing characteristics of retrospectives methodology EXCEPT
A) it uses an independent facilitator. B) it develops a system that prioritizes information and does so according to who needs to receive it. C) an owner, typically a team member, is assigned. D) reviews cannot be linked to percent complete. E) a repository is developed that is easy to use.
49)
Project closures can fall into all of the following categories EXCEPT
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
premature. perpetual. failed. changed priority. successful.
50) A guide who leads the project team through an analysis of project activities that went well and of what needs improvement and aids in the development of a follow-up action plan with goals and accountability is a(n) A) B) C) D) E)
owner. project sponsor. project manager. project facilitator. mediator.
51) The term ______ denotes specific efforts at identifying lessons learned on specific projects, whereas the term ______ was coined in the late 1980s from a research study paid for by the US Government. A) B) C) D) E)
52)
maturity model, retrospectives. retrospectives, maturity model. project evaluation, retrospectives. retrospectives, project evaluation. project evaluation, maturity model.
The typical mechanism for the evaluation of teams is normally
Version 1
12
A) B) C) D) E)
a survey completed by the team members. a personal interview of each team member. an analysis by an outside consultant. a survey completed by members of top management. a survey completed by the internal or external customers.
53) More and more companies are discarding the traditional superior-subordinate performance feedback process and replacing it with a multi-rater appraisal called A) B) C) D) E)
critical incidences review. management by objectives. 360-degree feedback. team evaluation survey. retrospectives.
54) With the survey information in hand, the closing facilitator visits one-on-one with the _______, the _______ and other stakeholders to dive deeper into cause-effect impacts. A) B) C) D) E)
product owner, the chief financial officer team leader, project leader team members, project manager project leader, project manager project manager, program
55) In organizations where projects are managed within a ____________, the team member's area manager, not the project manager, is responsible for assessing performance. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
functional organization matrix organization flat organization project organization strong organization
13
56) Each retrospective is assigned a(n) _________, typically a team member who is very interested in and familiar with the retrospective. This individual will serve as the contact point for anyone needing information relating to the retrospective. A) B) C) D) E)
owner project sponsor project manager project facilitator mediator
57) The major deliverable when closing out a project that includes a causal analysis and identification of lessons learned is known as A) B) C) D) E)
58)
wrapping up a project. project audit. evaluation of performance. evaluation of management. lessons learned document.
Obtaining __________ is a major and critical closure activity. A) B) C) D) E)
a final invoice project deliverables delivery acceptance work unit prioritization final payment
59) Evaluation of team performance tends to be based on achieving project objectives based on achieving project objectives according to all but ____________ .
Version 1
14
A) B) C) D) E)
60)
A Performance Appraisal generally provides A) B) C) D) E)
61)
time. cost. specifications (scope). customer/user satisfaction. quality metrics.
assessment of a team members’ efforts. rationale for new assignments. developmental information for a team member. Both assessment of team members’ efforts and developmental information. All of these alternatives are correct.
When conducting post-project audits, the main tool a facilitator uses is _____. A) B) C) D) E)
a final copy of the issues log a review session regarding the project scope survey the earned value analysis the customer
62) For lessons learned to be effective and usable by others a(n) ___________ needs to be assigned to assure it is properly documented and understood. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
stakeholder owner project manager software developer facilitator
15
63)
The responsibility for completing closure tasks belongs to ______. A) B) C) D) E)
human resources project office project manager contracts office All of these alternatives are correct.
64) A project that finishes within budget, on schedule and with full functionality goes through _____ closure, whereas a project whose technology did not work and got canceled goes through a _______ closure. A) B) C) D) E)
65)
changed priority, premature perpetual, normal normal, premature perpetual, changed priority normal, failed project
Which of the following is not a major deliverable for project closure? A) B) C) D) E)
Lessons learned document Wrapping up the project Project audit Performance evaluation All of these are major deliverables.
66) Organizations that manage project closure tend to ______ while those that do not have projects that ______.
Version 1
16
A) B) C) D) E)
67)
Which of the following is not a type of project closure? A) B) C) D) E)
68)
languish, thrive. prosper, drag on forever. never finish, finish eventually. be unsuccessful, thrive. prosper rarely, thrive.
Perpetual Normal Premature Failed project Canceled project
Which of the following is not a major activity associated with project closure? A) B) C) D) E)
Getting delivery acceptance from the customer. Shutting down resources and releasing to new uses. Returning project players to an ‘on the beach’ status. Closing accounts and seeing that all bills are paid. Delivering the project to the customer.
69) Implementing the closure process includes several _______ activities, including getting delivery acceptance from the customer. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
post-project wrap-up closure final completion
17
70) The ________ section of the audit report includes concise and factual review statements of the project, such as project scope objectives, quality objectives, cost objectives, and schedule objectives. A) B) C) D) E)
analysis classification recommendations lessons learned appendix
71) A delivery tactic for outsourced projects is known as ______, ______, _______, and ________. A) B) C) D) E)
build, own, operate, transfer buy, test, retest, accommodate customer unit test, regression test, system test, customer test, transfer create, deliver, receive feedback, redeliver create, deliver, customer test, get paid
72) The ________ section of the audit report is often technical in nature and focuses on solutions to problems that surfaced. A) B) C) D) E)
73)
recommendations classification analysis lessons learned appendix
Usually audit recommendations represent ________.
Version 1
18
A) B) C) D) E)
74)
minor process changes that should take place a project team perspective of the project major corrective actions that should take place changes to process best practices a program manager’s perspective of the project
The organization and project team views are part of what step within the audit process? A) B) C) D) E)
Step 1: Initiation and Staffing Step 2: Data Collection and Analysis Step 3 Reporting Step 4: Recommendations Step 5: Lessoned Learned
75) At what level of the Project Management Maturity Model does institutionalization of Project Management take place? A) B) C) D) E)
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5
76) At what level of the Project Management Maturity Model does optimization of the Project Management take place? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5
19
77) At what level of the Project Management Maturity Model does formal application of Project Management take place? A) B) C) D) E)
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5
78) The ________ feedback approach gathers anonymous feedback solicited from others that is compared with the individual's self-evaluations. A) B) C) D) E)
360-degree control survey creative managerial
79) The typical mechanism for evaluation of teams is a(n) ________ administered by a consultant. A) B) C) D) E)
questionnaire interview survey meeting evaluation process
80) At what level of the Project Management maturity model is the project information system fine-tuned; specific and aggregate information is provided to different stakeholders?
Version 1
20
A) B) C) D) E)
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5
81) In retrospective methodology a facilitator uses several questionnaires to conduct postproject audits. The facilitator acts as a guide who leads the project team through an analysis of project activities. The facilitator must be perceived as _____ and _____. A) B) C) D) E)
82)
informed, intelligent experienced, well-trained independent, unbiased experienced, intelligent informed, well-trained
Compared with the retrospective view of project closure, the traditional audit process
A) is too concerned with individual team member performance. B) has little interest in the collective performance of the entire team. C) focuses too much on project success and evaluation. D) is too concerned with individual team members and has little interest in collective performance of the team. E) All of these alternatives are correct.
83) The purpose of all maturity models is to enable organizations to assess their _____ in implementing the best practices in their industry and move to _______.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
performance, perfection processes, best practices performance, best practices processes, improvement progress, improvement
84) A guide who leads the project team through an analysis of project activities that went well and of what needs improvement and development of a follow-up action plan with goals and accountability is known as a project ____________. A) B) C) D) E)
facilitator sponsor rater vendor manager
85) Two views (perspectives) are collected when the audit questionnaires are collected and two sets of questions are used for each view. What are those two views? A) B) C) D) E)
Program manager view and the project manager view Senior management view and customer view Organization view and project team view Customer view and project team view Project manager and project team view
86) The facilitator works with the team to develop a system that not only ______ information but also does so according to ______.
Version 1
22
A) B) C) D) E)
processes, recipient archives, recipient institutionalizes, who needs to receive it prioritizes, who needs to receive it institutionalizes, recipient
87) It can be a significant challenge to keep the project team ___________ as the project nears completion. A) B) C) D) E)
focused working energetic together performing
88) Establishing an informal culture which values improvement that drives the organization occurs in which of the following Maturity Model Levels? A) B) C) D) E)
Ad Hoc Project Management Formal Application of Project Management Institutionalization of Project Management Management of Project Management System Optimization of Project Management System
89) Risk assessment derived from WBS and technical analyses and customer input is in place occurs in which of the following Maturity Model Levels? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Ad Hoc Project Management Formal Application of Project Management Institutionalization of Project Management Management of Project Management System Optimization of Project Management System
23
90) Within which Maturity Model level are project audits performed on all significant projects and lessons learned are recorded and used on subsequent projects? A) B) C) D) E)
Ad Hoc Project Management Formal Application of Project Management Institutionalization of Project Management Management of Project Management System Optimization of Project Management System
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 91) Why would a manager begin the evaluation process by asking the individual to evaluate his or her contributions to the project?
ESSAY. Write your answer in the space provided or on a separate sheet of paper. 92) Evidence today suggests that performance evaluations are not done well. What are two major reasons that have been recognized as contributors to this?
93) How do team performance review sessions differ from the team-building sessions described in Chapter 11?
Version 1
24
94) During the closure process, how does the project manager meet the challenge to keep the project team focused on the remaining project activities and delivery to the customer until the project is complete?
95) Identify the five common parts to the audit project report. Which is considered the most valuable and why?
96) Identify and briefly describe four out of the five most common classifications for the way that projects end.
97) Identify three reasons it is important to use an independent facilitator to collect and implement lessons learned to improve management of current and future projects.
Version 1
25
98)
Identify four wrap-up activities that are included in the closure process.
99)
Why should performance reviews and pay reviews be done separately?
100) What is 360-degree feedback? How can it be useful when conducting individual performance reviews?
101) What are the two periods of time in which project audits can occur and how do these differ?
102) What is the difference between lessons learned and retrospectives? Why is the retrospective methodology more effective? Version 1
26
Version 1
27
Answer Key Test name: Chap 14_8e 1) TRUE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) TRUE 5) FALSE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) FALSE 9) TRUE 10) TRUE 11) TRUE 12) FALSE 13) TRUE 14) TRUE 15) TRUE 16) FALSE 17) FALSE 18) TRUE 19) TRUE 20) TRUE 21) FALSE 22) TRUE 23) FALSE 24) FALSE 25) TRUE 26) FALSE Version 1
28
27) A 28) D 29) A 30) E 31) B 32) C 33) D 34) E 35) B 36) B 37) B 38) C 39) D 40) E 41) E 42) C 43) E 44) B 45) B 46) D 47) C 48) D 49) E 50) D 51) B 52) A 53) C 54) C 55) A 56) A Version 1
29
57) B 58) C 59) E 60) D 61) C 62) B 63) E 64) E 65) A 66) B 67) E 68) C 69) B 70) A 71) A 72) A 73) C 74) B 75) C 76) E 77) B 78) A 79) C 80) E 81) C 82) C 83) E 84) A 85) C 86) D Version 1
30
87) A 88) E 89) C 90) D 91) This approach may yield valuable information that the manager was not aware of. This approach may also provide an early warning for situations in which there is disparity in assessments. Finally, this method reduces the judgmental nature of the discussion. 92) (1) Evaluations of individuals are still left to the supervisors of the team member's home department. (2) Typical measures of team performance center on time, cost, and specifications. 93) The focus is on using the survey results to assess the development of the team, its strengths and weaknesses, and the lessons that can be applied to future project work. Standards for measuring performance must exist. Individual and team responsibilities and performance standards must be known by all team members. Team rewards must be adequate. The team should be empowered to manage short-term difficulties. There should be a high level of trust between team members and between the team and the organization. Lastly, team evaluations should go beyond time, cost, and specifications (scope). 94) Communicating a closure and review plan and schedule early allows the project team to (1) accept the psychological fact that the project will end and (2) prepare to move on. The ideal scenario is to have the team member's next assignment ready when project completion is announced. Project managers need to be careful to maintain their enthusiasm for completing the project and hold people accountable to deadlines, which are prone to slip during the waning stages of the project.
Version 1
31
95) (1) Classification; (2) Analysis of information gathered; (3) Recommendations; (4) Lessons learned; (5) Appendix. The lessons learned are the most valuable contribution of the closure process because this section stresses the need to help others in future projects. 96) (1) Normal-project ended as planned; (2) Premature-project ended early with some parts eliminated; (3) Perpetual-project extend due to increases in scope; (4) Failed-project could not be completed; (5) Changed priority-shifts in organization priorities due to changes in market or technology. 97) A trained facilitator is often capable of gathering information from stakeholders that would not be forthcoming to the project manager. A facilitator can deliver bad news to the upper management without recriminations. A facilitator can elicit 360-degree view/input from all stakeholders to create a richer, fuller picture of project issues and successes. A facilitator can lead the team in exploring new ways to solve problems. 98) (1) Getting delivery acceptance from the customer; (2) Shutting down resources and releasing to new uses; (3) Reassigning project team members; (4) Closing accounts and seeing all bills are paid; (5) Delivering the project to the customer; (6) Creating the final report. 99) Performance appraisals generally fulfill two important functions. The first focuses on identifying individual strengths and weaknesses and developing action plans for improving performance. The second involves how well the person has performed in order to determine salary adjustments. These two functions are not compatible. Employees are eager to find out about the pay adjustment and tend to tune out constructive feedback. Managers are more concerned with justifying their decision than engaging in a meaningful discussion on how the employees can improve their performance.
Version 1
32
100) 360-degree feedback is a performance evaluation technique that is gaining popularity in project management. It solicits feedback from all the people that the team member's work affects, e.g., project managers, peers, subordinates and customers. 101) Project audits can occur while the project is in process and after the project is complete. These audits are very similar, but in process audits allow for corrective changes on the project, if needed. Post-project audits tend to include more detail and depth than in-process audits. Postproject audits emphasize improving the management of future projects. These audits are more long-term oriented than in-process project audits. 102) Lessons learned represent an analysis carried out during and shortly after the project life cycle; they attempt to capture positive and negative project learning. That is, "what worked and what didn't?" Retrospective methodology ensures that lessons learned are identified and utilized and that they become a significant part of the project management organizational culture.
Version 1
33
CHAPTER 15 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Traditional approaches to project management concentrate firmly on thorough planning up front. ⊚ ⊚
2)
true false
In agile project management, projects evolve rather than are executed. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) Traditional project management requires a significant degree of predictability to be effective. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) Project difficulty varies according to the extent the project scope is known and stable and the technology to be used is known and proven. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) When the project scope and/or technology are not fully known, things become much less predictable. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) Agile project management is ideal for exploratory projects in which requirements need to be discovered and new technology tested. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
1
7)
Fixed scope is part of the agile project management model. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) Freezing the design as late as possible is a common characteristic of the agile project management model. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) Owners have the option to change features and priorities at the end of each sprint if desired. However, no changes should be made once a sprint has started. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) In Scrum methodology, it is important to make sure roles and titles are clearfor the development team. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) The Scrum master is not the leader of the team but acts as a buffer between the team and outside interferences. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) Each new iteration replaces the work of the previous iterations and adds new capabilities to the evolving to produce a next expanded version of the product. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
2
13) Scrum does not use any of the conventional project management tools like Gantt charts or network diagrams. ⊚ ⊚
true false
14) Specific features are created using Scrum methodology according to four distinct phases: analysis, design, monitor, and test. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) The purpose of release planning is to establish the goals and a general WBS for the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) Agile project management does not satisfy top management's need for budget, scope, and schedule control. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) Securing the cooperation of customers to devote the necessary time to support agile project management is a common source of frustration in the field. ⊚ ⊚
18)
true false
A sprint burndown chart is used to monitor progress toward completion of the project. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
3
19) Agile methods can be used on larger scale projects in which several teams are working on different features at the same time. This is called staging. ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) Continuous improvement is a principle found in most agile project management methods. It is demonstrated when teams reflect, learn, and adapt to change; work updates the plan. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) A disadvantage of an iterative development process used in agile project management is that it is difficult to detect defects and problems early. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) The goal of each sprint is to produce fully functional features that can be released to, and used by, the customer. ⊚ ⊚
true false
23) The third phase of the Scrum development process is to build the feature so that it is functional. ⊚ ⊚
true false
24) The product owner has the option to change features and priorities at the end of each sprint if desired. ⊚ ⊚
Version 1
true false
4
25) Agile methods appear to work best on small projects that require only five to nine dedicated team members to complete the work. ⊚ ⊚
true false
26) Plan driven methods of Project Management will suffer when the project scope and technology are not fully known. ⊚ ⊚
true false
27) Agile Project Management applied to large projects involves scaling which in turn requires a lot of integration. The integration challenge of scaling requires significant up-front planning. Such up-front planning is called ‘staging.’ ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 28) Traditional approaches to project management concentrate firmly on A) B) C) D) E)
thorough planning up front. new technology. flexibility. change. iterative development.
29) Using traditional approaches to project management, once the project scope has been firmly established, every detail of the project is defined through the __________.
Version 1
5
A) B) C) D) E)
deliverables job tickets WBS estimates risks
30) Project__________ varies according to the extent the project scope is known and stable and the technology to be used is known and proven. A) B) C) D) E)
stability balance unity uncertainty degree
31) In many cases, _________ only begin to understand what they actually desire when they are provided with someone's impression of what they want. A) B) C) D) E)
32)
project managers customers sponsors team leaders All of these alternatives are correct.
When determining project uncertainty, __________ can be a source of unpredictability. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
technology clients vendors sponsors WBS
6
33) When considering traditional versus agile project management, all the following are part of the traditional project management model EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
fixed scope. deliverables. continuous design. low uncertainty. conventional project teams.
34) When considering traditional versus agile project management, all the following are part of the agile project management model EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
flexibility. high uncertainty. embrace change. design up front. self-organized project teams.
35) __________represents a fundamental shift away from the traditional plan-driven project management approach by adopting a more experimental and adaptive approach to managing projects. A) B) C) D) E)
36)
Agile project management Extreme project management Uncertain project management Focused project management Interactive project management
Iterations are short time frames (time boxes) that typically last from __________.
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
37)
1-4 days 1-2 weeks 1-4 weeks 4-7 weeks 7-12 weeks
When considering the agile project management process, at the end of each iteration A) B) C) D) E)
team members are released to work on other projects. the Scrum master assigns daily tasks to team members. product owner determines whether or not the project is complete. the Scrum master can terminate the project. stakeholders and customers review progress and reevaluate priorities.
38) Scrum uses a series of coordinated meetings to manage the development process. Which of the following is held at the start of each sprint? During this meeting the product owner and development team negotiate which product backlog items the team will attempt during the next sprint. A) B) C) D) E)
39)
Sprint planning meeting Release planning meeting Sprint review meeting Daily Scrum meeting Sprint retrospective meeting
Iterative development processes provide the following important advantages EXCEPT
Version 1
8
A) continuous integration of the evolving product. B) frequent demonstration of progress to increase the likelihood that the end product will satisfy customer needs. C) early detection of defects and problems. D) ease of comparing actual information against planned. E) constant verification and validation of the evolving product.
40) Scrum relies on three key roles. A person who facilitates the Scrum process and resolves impediments at the team and organizational level is called a A) B) C) D) E)
scrum master. project champion. scrum leader. product owner. production coordinator.
41) Specific features are created using Scrum methodology according to four distinct phases. Which of the following places these phases in the correct order? A) B) C) D) E)
Design, Build, Analysis, Test Monitor, Design, Build, Test Analysis, Design, Build, Test Design, Build, Monitor, Test Analysis, Design, Build, Monitor
42) While agile project management does not consist of one set method, most methods are based on similar principles. Which of the following agile project management principles would be described when employing business-driven prioritizations of requirements and features to satisfy customer needs?
Version 1
9
A) B) C) D) E)
Focus on customer value Iterative and incremental delivery Experimentation and adaptation Self-organization Continuous improvement
43) While agile project management does not consist of one set method, most methods are based on similar principles. Which of the following agile project management principles would be described when creating a flow of value to customers by chunking project delivery into small, functioning increments? A) B) C) D) E)
Focus on customer value Iterative and incremental delivery Experimentation and adaptation Self-organization Continuous improvement
44) While agile project management does not consist of one set method, most methods are based on similar principles. Which of the following agile project management principles would be described when testing assumptions early and building working prototypes to solicit customer feedback and refine product requirements? A) B) C) D) E)
Focus on customer value Iterative and incremental delivery Experimentation and adaptation Self-organization Continuous improvement
45) While agile project management does not consist of one set method, most methods are based on similar principles. Which of the following agile project management principles would be described when team members decide among themselves who should do what and what should be done?
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
Focus on customer value Iterative and incremental delivery Experimentation and adaptation Self-organization Continuous improvement
46) While agile project management does not consist of one set method, most methods are based on similar principles. Which of the following agile project management principles would be described when teams reflect, learn, and adapt to change, and when project work updates the plan? A) B) C) D) E)
Focus on customer value Iterative and incremental delivery Experimentation and adaptation Self-organization Continuous improvement
47) A new holistic approach in new commercial product development efforts where the cross-functional team collaborating to develop a new product is compared to rugby, where the whole team tries to go the distance as a unit is known as A) B) C) D) E)
scrum. specific project management. traditional project management. prioritized WBS. functional teams.
48) A__________ is defined as a piece of a product that delivers some useful functionality to a customer.
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
scrum value spirit feature priority
49) Specific features are created using Scrum methodology according to four distinct phases. Which of the following is NOT one of these phases? A) B) C) D) E)
Analysis Monitor Build Test Design
50) Scrum relies on three key roles. A person who acts on behalf of customers to represent their interests and who is responsible for ensuring that the development team focuses their efforts on developing a project that will fulfill the business objective of the project is called a A) B) C) D) E)
51)
customer service representative. project champion. customer liaison. product owner. production coordinator.
Which of the following is NOT true of a development team using Scrum methodology?
Version 1
12
A) The team is self-organizing. B) They have the authority to change features and priorities at the end of each sprint. C) The team is typically made up of 5 to 9 people. D) They are responsible for achieving the commitments they make at the sprint planning and review meetings. E) There are no designated roles or titles.
52) Scrum uses a series of coordinated meetings to manage the development process. During which of the following is it discussed what was done since the last meeting, what will be done before the next meeting, and if anything is limiting performance? A) B) C) D) E)
Sprint planning meeting Release planning meeting Sprint review meeting Daily Scrum meeting Sprint retrospective meeting
53) Scrum uses a series of coordinated meetings to manage the development process. During which of the following are goals and the general plan for the project established? A) B) C) D) E)
Sprint planning meeting Release planning meeting Sprint review meeting Daily scrum meeting Sprint retrospective meeting
54) The __________ is the customer's prioritized list of key features desired when the project is completed.
Version 1
13
A) B) C) D) E)
project master spirit backlog creative backlog product backlog project list
55) __________represents the amount of work the team commits to complete during the next sprint. A) B) C) D) E)
Sprint backlog Product backlog Project backlog Schedule backlog Task backlog
56) Agile methods can be used on larger scale projects in which several teams are working on different features at the same time. In practice this condition is called A) B) C) D) E)
incremental delivery. staging. feature collaboration. scrum. scaling.
57) For some agile projects,__________ are established, which is the maximum budget that should not be exceeded in the development of a given product or service. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
project accounts contingencies agile accounts ceilings scrum logs
14
58)
Traditional project management practices require A) B) C) D) E)
59) uses
new technology. a high degree of predictability. variability in requirements. distributed project management. unstable scope.
In order to hedge against unpredictability within a project, Agile Project Management
A) B) C) D) E)
a different risk management process. phase gates. an adaptive and experimental approach. strict budget constraints. fixed budget and time constraints.
60) __________is the Agile principle where the project team uses business-driven prioritization of requirements and features. A) B) C) D) E)
Focus on Customer Value Iterative and Incremental Delivery Self-Organization Experimentation and Adaption Continuous Improvement
61) __________is the Agile principle that describes project team members deciding amongst themselves what should be done and who is best suited for it on the team.
Version 1
15
A) B) C) D) E)
Focus on Customer Value Iterative and Incremental Delivery Self-Organization Experimentation and Adaption Continuous Improvement
62) __________is the Agile principle that describes the process that teams go through to solve problems to deliver on features expressed by the stakeholder(s). A) B) C) D) E)
Continuous Improvement Experimentation and Adaption Self-Organization Focus on Customer Value Iterative and Incremental Delivery
63) __________is the Agile principle in which the team creates a flow of value to the stakeholder(s) or customer(s) by delivering smaller, functional increments of the project. A) B) C) D) E)
Focus on Customer Value Experimentation and Adaption Self-Organization Iterative and Incremental Delivery Servant Leadership
64) __________is the Agile principle that prescribes the project team learning, reflecting and adapting to change within the Project. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Continuous Improvement Experimentation and Adaption Self-Organization Focus on Customer Value Servant Leadership
16
65)
Which of the following models/methods is not an agile method? A) B) C) D) E)
Scrum. Waterfall. Extreme Programming (XP). RUP (Rational Unified Process). Crystal Clear.
66) __________project management requires a fairly high degree of predictability to be effective. A) B) C) D) E)
Agile Traditional Mature Dedicated Matrix
67) The__________ method assumes essential requirements can be defined up front so the software can be designed, built, tested, and released once at the end. A) B) C) D) E)
68)
international agile spiral focused waterfall
Which of the following is not one of the four value statements of the agile manifesto?
Version 1
17
A) B) C) D) E)
69)
__________projects evolve rather than are executed. A) B) C) D) E)
70)
Individuals and interactions over processes and tools. Working software over comprehensive documentation. Customer collaboration over contract negotiation. Established cost and duration over unpredictable cost and duration. Responding to change over following a plan.
Agile Fixed Predictive Traditional Focused
__________project management involves high and frequent customer interaction. A) B) C) D) E)
Traditional Predictive Iterative Agile Deterministic
71) Short time frames (time boxes) that typically last from one to four weeks are called __________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
increments or scrums iterations or sprints waterfalls or scrums iterations or increments waterfalls or sprints
18
72) Using Scrum methodology, specific features are created according to four distinct phases during each sprint. The first phase is__________ and review of functional requirements that will be needed to complete the feature. A) B) C) D) E)
design build testing delivery analysis
73) Using Scrum methodology, specific features are created according to four distinct phases during each sprint. The second phase is the development of a__________ that meets the requirements of the feature. A) B) C) D) E)
design build testing delivery analysis
74) Using Scrum methodology, specific features are created according to four distinct phases during each sprint. The third phase is to__________ the feature so that it is functional. A) B) C) D) E)
design build testing delivery analysis
75) Using Scrum methodology, specific features are created according to four distinct phases during each sprint. The last phase includes the__________ and documentation of the feature.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
76)
In place of a product WBS, Scrum uses product__________ as deliverables. A) B) C) D) E)
77)
design build testing delivery analysis
requirements features functions components work products
Scrum uses__________ as deliverables. A) B) C) D) E)
work products work packages product features product functions work function points
78) The development team is a key role when considering the Scrum process. The team is__________ in the sense that they decide among themselves who should do what and what should be done. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
a team of volunteers self-managed self-focused self-organized self-led
20
79) When teams reflect, learn, and adapt to change, when their work updates the plan, they are following the agile project management principle of __________. A) B) C) D) E)
80)
continuous delivery continuous improvement continuous updating continuous learning continuous adapting to change
Which of the following is not a name given to key roles of the scrum process? A) B) C) D) E)
Development team Scrum master Self-organizing team Product owner XP master
81) At the end of each sprint, the team demonstrate the actual work product increments they have built to the__________ and__________ as part of a Sprint review. A) B) C) D) E)
scrum master, users product owner, other relevant stakeholders scrum master, program manager project master, other relevant stakeholders product owner, scrum master
82) A(n)_________ is a person who acts on behalf of customers/end users to represent their interests.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
continuous delivery product owner sprint master project manager scrum leader
83) Using Scrum methodology, a(n) _________ is typically made up of five to nine people with cross-functional skill sets. A) B) C) D) E)
84)
sprint crew scrum group iteration team development team management team
Scrum uses a series of coordinated_________ to manage the development process. A) B) C) D) E)
meetings projects iterations milestones scrum masters
85) The customer's prioritized list of key features desired when the project is completed is the_________ backlog. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
sprint product customer requirements work package
22
86) The product backlog is prioritized by the _________, while the Sprint backlog is prioritized by the _________. A) B) C) D) E)
product owner, team product owner, scrum master scrum master, team customer, scrum master project manager, product owner
87) A recent survey of 3,900 respondents indicate their firms use agile approaches but only 53% said such agile projects were successful. Which of the following is not a reason for why such agile projects were unsuccessful (were failures)? A) B) C) D) E)
Lack of experience with agile methods Company culture at odds with core agile values The projects involved requirements that were unstable or unknown Lack of management support External pressure to follow the traditional waterfall process
88) For large projects, scaling can be used in which several teams work on sprints concurrently. The chief challenge with scaling is _________. A) B) C) D) E)
coordination communication integration Both coordination and communication All of these alternatives are correct.
89) Agile methods appear to work best on _________ projects that require only five to nine dedicated team members to complete the work.
Version 1
23
A) B) C) D) E)
small medium large very large any size
90) The meeting meant to reflect on how well the previous sprint went and identify specific actions that can improve future sprints is called a sprint_________ meeting. A) B) C) D) E)
91)
standup retrospective lessons-learned postmortem assessment
The more the project scope is unknown, the _________ of the project will be greater. A) B) C) D) E)
uncertainty features requirements functions work packages
92) When faced with a project having multiple stakeholders and an unknown scope, _________ project management methods should be employed. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
traditional waterfall predictive agile spiral
24
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 93) Why is the traditional project management approach less effective when project scope and technology are not well known?
94)
Identify and describe three principles found in most agile project management methods.
95) Compare and contrast traditional approaches to project management and agile approaches to project management.
96) Briefly describe the roles of the product owner, the development team, and the Scrum master.
97)
Identify and describe the phases included in the Scrum development process.
98)
Identify and describe two limits or concerns associated with agile project management.
Version 1
25
Version 1
26
Answer Key Test name: Chap 15_8e 1) TRUE 2) TRUE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) TRUE 6) TRUE 7) FALSE 8) TRUE 9) TRUE 10) FALSE 11) TRUE 12) FALSE 13) TRUE 14) FALSE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) TRUE 18) FALSE 19) FALSE 20) TRUE 21) FALSE 22) TRUE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE Version 1
27
27) TRUE 28) A 29) C 30) D 31) B 32) A 33) C 34) D 35) A 36) C 37) E 38) A 39) D 40) A 41) C 42) A 43) B 44) C 45) D 46) E 47) A 48) D 49) B 50) D 51) B 52) D 53) B 54) D 55) A 56) E Version 1
28
57) D 58) B 59) C 60) A 61) C 62) B 63) D 64) A 65) B 66) B 67) E 68) D 69) A 70) D 71) B 72) E 73) A 74) B 75) C 76) B 77) C 78) D 79) B 80) E 81) B 82) B 83) D 84) A 85) B 86) A Version 1
29
87) C 88) C 89) A 90) B 91) A 92) D 93) When working on projects in which the end product is not well defined, flexibility and the ability to manage changes as more information and learning takes place is critical. Traditional approaches to project management concentrate firmly on thorough planning up front. Project uncertainty varies according to the extent the project scope is known and stable and the technology to be used is known and proven. The higher the uncertainty the more appropriate agile project management. 94) (1) Focus on customer value—employ business-driven prioritizations of requirements and features; (2) Iterative and incremental delivery—create a flow of value to customers by chunking project delivery into small, functioning increments; (3) Experimentation and adaptation—test assumptions early and build working prototypes to solicit customer feedback and refine product requirements; (4) Selforganization—team members decide among themselves who does what and what should be done; (5) Servant leadership—project manager facilitates rather than directs collaboration; (6) Continuous improvement—teams reflect, learn, and adapt to change; work informs the plan.
Version 1
30
95) Traditional project management includes design up front, a fixed scope, deliverables, the need to freeze the design as soon as possible, low uncertainty, resisting change, low customer interaction and conventional project teams. Agile project management includes continuous design, a flexible scope, features instead of deliverables, the design is frozen as late as possible, high uncertainty is embraced, high customer interaction is desired, and project teams are self-organized. 96) The product owner acts on behalf of customers/end users to represent their interests. He or she is also responsible for ensuring that the development team focuses their efforts on developing a product that will fulfill the business objective of the project. The development team is responsible for delivering the product. The Scrum master facilitates the Scrum process and resolves impediments at the team and organization level. The Scrum master is not the leader of the team but acts as a buffer between the team and outside interference. 97) Specific features are created according to four distinct phases: analysis, design, build, and test. The first phase is analysis and review of functional requirements that will be needed to complete the feature. The second phase is the development of a design that meets the requirements of the feature. The third phase is to build the feature so that it is functional. Finally, the feature is tested and documented. 98) (1) Agile project management doesn't satisfy top management's need for budget, scope and schedule control. (2) Many of the agile principles, including self-organizing teams and intense collaboration, are incompatible with corporate cultures. (3) Agile requires active customer involvement.
Version 1
31
CHAPTER 16 TRUE/FALSE - Write 'T' if the statement is true and 'F' if the statement is false. 1) Often project managers change practices, assumed to be inferior, from their home country in order to accommodate host-country nationals. ⊚ ⊚
true false
2) The constraints imposed by national and local laws are part of the environmental factor termed infrastructure. ⊚ ⊚
true false
3) The environmental factor that involves the capacity of a country's military and police forces to prevent and respond to attacks is called security. ⊚ ⊚
true false
4) Most of the time project managers can use practices that work in their home country on projects in a foreign country. ⊚ ⊚
true false
5) The example of one project in Africa being paid in goat skins is an example of the environmental factor of infrastructure. ⊚ ⊚
true false
6) Infrastructure refers to a country's or community's ability to provide services such as power, technology, communication, or transportation required for a project.
Version 1
1
⊚ ⊚
true false
7) For most project managers, the biggest difference in managing an international project is operating in a national culture where projects are done differently, using different project management techniques and tools. ⊚ ⊚
true false
8) One approach for the project manager to digest, clarify, and understand the factors leading to the selection of a specific international project is to use a risk matrix. ⊚ ⊚
true false
9) Culture shock is generally considered a positive sign that the professional is becoming involved in the new culture. ⊚ ⊚
true false
10) Americans tend to underestimate the importance that relationship building plays in conducting business in other countries. ⊚ ⊚
true false
11) Two of the biggest adjustments Americans typically have to make in working abroad are adapting to the general pace of life and understanding the punctuality of people. ⊚ ⊚
true false
12) A way for project managers to deal with the stress of culture shock is to redefine priorities and develop more realistic expectations as to what is possible. Version 1
2
⊚ ⊚
true false
13) Expatriate project managers should operate within the laws and regulations of their home country. ⊚ ⊚
true false
14) One factor that is often underestimated until project personnel actually arrive at a foreign destination is the geography of the country. ⊚ ⊚
true false
15) It is common practice to rely on negotiators, often natives who are foreign educated, to bridge the gap between cultures. ⊚ ⊚
true false
16) When you start to overcome your sense of isolation and figure out how to get things done in the new culture, you are in the gradual adjustment cycle of culture shock. ⊚ ⊚
true false
17) In dealing with the French, a lot of what gets done is a result of going through administrative channels, which involves a lot of red tape, and efforts to sidestep this can be regarded as disrespect for legal and governmental institutions. ⊚ ⊚
true false
18) Many outsiders consider the Chinese system of guanxi to be like nepotism where decisions are made based on family ties instead of an objective assessment of ability. Version 1
3
⊚ ⊚
19)
true false
The initial stage of culture shock is irritability and hostility. ⊚ ⊚
true false
20) In general, the longer a person is expected to work in a foreign country, the more intensive the training should be. ⊚ ⊚
true false
21) Mexicans tend to be more cautious and want to spend more time discussing risks and potential problems that Americans might dismiss as improbable or irrelevant. ⊚ ⊚
true false
22) Because English is the international language for business, project managers can usually be just as successful without any training in the host country's language. ⊚ ⊚
true false
23) In an effort to cope with culture shock, professionals can use project work as a bridge until they adjust to their new environment. ⊚ ⊚
true false
24) Without understanding foreign cultural factors, a project manager will have a difficult time running a successful international project.
Version 1
4
⊚ ⊚
true false
25) Part of being successful in an international project requires some level of learning about the various cultures that will intersect the project. ⊚ ⊚
true false
26) It is important to "vet" or check the references of your chosen translator prior to engaging an international client. ⊚ ⊚
true false
MULTIPLE CHOICE - Choose the one alternative that best completes the statement or answers the question. 27) Which of the following is not an environmental factor affecting international projects? A) B) C) D) E)
28)
Which of the following is not a legal/political factor affecting international projects? A) B) C) D) E)
29)
Economic. Legal/political. Geography. Culture. All of these are factors affecting international projects.
International terrorism. Control imposed by government agencies. Government interference. Government corruption. Stability of tax provisions and government regulations.
Which of the following is not a major security issue in conducting international projects?
Version 1
5
A) B) C) D) E)
Crime. International terrorism. Capacity of foreign country’s military and police forces to prevent attacks. Ease of commerce across borders. Extreme weather conditions.
30) Which of the following is not an economic factor affecting the site selection for an international project? A) B) C) D) E)
Gross domestic product. Import quotas and tariffs. The capacity to provide continuous electric power. Taxes. Market size.
31) Which of the following is NOT a potential negative outcome for an international project manager? A) B) C) D) E)
32)
Personal risk Absence from home Missed career opportunities Language barrier Increased responsibilities
Which of the following is NOT a potential advantage of managing international projects? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Increased income Foreign currency exchange rates Foreign travel Increased career opportunities New life-time friends
6
33) Concern about the local restrictions on toxic waste would be classified as which of the following environmental factors? A) B) C) D) E)
Economic Geographic Legal/political Infrastructure Culture
34) The growing presence of crime resulting from the Russian Mafia has discouraged many foreign firms from setting up operations in the former Soviet Union. This is an example of which of the following environmental factors? A) B) C) D) E)
Security Economic Cultural Legal/political Infrastructure
35) As a result of increased global terrorism the moving of personnel, materials, and equipment across international borders created border congestion with increased costs and time. This can be classified as which of the following environmental factors? A) B) C) D) E)
Cultural Infrastructure Geographic Security Legal/political
36) An information systems specialist reported that his performance on a project in Northern Sweden declined due to sleep deprivation during the summer months in which there were 20 hours of daylight each day. This is an example of which of the following environmental factors?
Version 1
7
A) B) C) D) E)
Cultural Legal/political Geographic Economic Infrastructure
37) Exchange rates, inflation, and education level of the workforce are examples of which of the following environmental factors? A) B) C) D) E)
Legal/political Security Cultural Infrastructure Economic
38) Needs for a project could include telecommunications, transportation, power, and availability of technically skilled talent. These are examples of which of the following environmental factors? A) B) C) D) E)
Geographic Infrastructure Economic Legal/political Cultural
39) Communication difficulties due to language differences are examples of which of the following environmental factors?
Version 1
8
A) B) C) D) E)
Geographic Security Cultural Legal/political Infrastructure
40) Which of the following can help a project manager to digest, clarify, and understand the factors leading to the selection of a specific international project? A) B) C) D) E)
41)
Risk matrix Priority matrix Responsibility matrix Gantt chart Contingency matrix
Culture is a concept that encompasses all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
shared norms. beliefs. values. economic level. customs.
42) American project managers have earned a reputation abroad for being very good at understanding technology but not good at understanding A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
local religion. people. local economic factors. local business practices. laws.
9
43) One of the biggest challenges Americans typically have to overcome when working abroad is A) B) C) D) E)
language differences. adapting to the general pace of life. local business practices. discrimination. becoming familiar with local laws and regulations.
44) In this culture, preference is given to friends when hiring, contracting, procuring and sharing business opportunities. Family is also very important, and trustworthiness is often gauged by the level of loyalty and attention one devotes to their family. Which culture is being described? A) B) C) D) E)
Mexican French British American German
45) In this culture, it is important never to display feelings of superiority because this makes others feel inferior, mutual respect is expected at all times, and a lot gets done by going through administrative channels. Which culture is being described? A) B) C) D) E)
Mexican French Arab American British
46) Government corruption and political stability are examples of which of the following environmental factors?
Version 1
10
A) B) C) D) E)
Geographic Security Cultural Legal/political Infrastructure
47) The significance of personal relationships has created a system in which Mexicans are obligated to give preference to relatives and friends when hiring, contracting, procuring, and sharing business opportunities. This is referred to as the __________ system. A) B) C) D) E)
Manana Gringo Compadre Quid pro quo Nepotism
48) In France, which of the following factors is considered much more important than in the U.S.? A) B) C) D) E)
Social class Agreement on issues Professional accomplishments Being open during negotiations Dedication to project completion
49) __________is critical to the success of business negotiations when working in Saudi Arabia.
Version 1
11
A) B) C) D) E)
Calling attention to oneself Patience Determination Displaying feelings of superiority Ignoring administrative channels
50) In Chinese culture, the personal connections with appropriate authorities or individuals is termed A) B) C) D) E)
51)
Feng shui. bribery. guanxi. quid pro quo. nepotism.
The stages of culture shock include all of the following EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
gradual adjustment. irritability and hostility. honeymoon. repatriation. adaptation.
52) It is common practice to rely on __________, often natives who are foreign educated, to bridge the gap between cultures. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
intermediaries messengers negotiators agents mediators
12
53) Intermediaries are often used to bridge the gap between a project manager and the culture in which they are working. The following are all functions they perform EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
54)
translators. help to perform actual project work. cultural guides. social connections. help to interpret the foreign culture.
The following are ways of coping with culture shock EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
keep expectations high. create a stability zone. practice meditation. keep a journal. engage in regular exercise.
55) Organizations examine a number of characteristics to determine whether an individual is suitable for overseas work. The following are all examples of desirable characteristics EXCEPT A) B) C) D) E)
56)
if the candidate has work experience with cultures other than one's own. if the candidate has small children. if the candidate is in good physical and emotional health. if the candidate has knowledge of a host nation's language. if the candidate has previous overseas travel.
Which of the following is NOT one of the forms that stress-related culture shock takes?
Version 1
13
A) B) C) D) E)
Fatigue Sleeplessness Headaches Hyperactivity Anxiety
57) When the new and unusual are welcomed you are experiencing which of the following stages of culture shock? A) B) C) D) E)
Honeymoon Gradual adjustment Irritability and hostility Repatriation Adaptation
58) When you begin to lose confidence in your ability to communicate and work effectively in the different culture, you are in which of the following stages of culture shock? A) B) C) D) E)
Honeymoon Gradual adjustment Irritability and hostility Repatriation Adaptation
59) When you have recovered from your sense of psychological disorientation and begin to function and communicate, you are in which of the following stages of culture shock? A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
Honeymoon Gradual adjustment Irritability and hostility Repatriation Adaptation
14
60) Project professionals assigned to foreign countries should have a minimal understanding of __________. A) equal opportunity B) dress codes C) business protocols D) holidays E) All of these are examples of areas an international project manager should have minimal understanding of before traveling.
61) A practical step for a project manager to take when trying to select a site for an international project is to __________. A) B) C) D) E)
create a specialized risk matrix. fully understand the project budget. study the foreign exchange rates related to project opportunities. comprehend what impact the foreign country’s agriculture will have. None of these alternatives is correct.
62) The phase of culture shock where you begin to function and communicate in the new culture is called __________. A) B) C) D) E)
honeymoon irritability and hostility gradual adjustment adaptation patience
63) The phase of culture shock where you become frustrated with the inability to accomplish things as you are used to doing them is called __________.
Version 1
15
A) B) C) D) E)
honeymoon irritability and hostility gradual adjustment adaptation patience
64) The phase of culture shock where you acquire a new perspective of what is possible and begin to regain confidence is called __________. A) B) C) D) E)
65)
Which of the following is not one of the four stages of the culture shock cycle? A) B) C) D) E)
66)
honeymoon irritability and hostility gradual adjustment adaptation patience
Honeymoon. Irritability and Hostility. Gradual Adjustment. Adaptation. Patience.
A very good way to overcome culture shock is to __________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
ignore it. find a good pub. fully understand the language. find a stress management technique that works for you. stand firm.
16
67) A learning approach to teach cross-cultural fluency that involves the learning of informational skills in a lecture setting is called __________. A) B) C) D) E)
behavioral/experiential approach. affective approach. information-giving approach. Lemple-Huffman approach. cross-cultural sharing approach.
68) A learning approach to teach cross-cultural fluency that involves realistic training simulations or scenarios is called _____. A) B) C) D) E)
behavioral/experiential approach. affective approach. information-giving approach. Lemple-Huffman Approach. cross-cultural sharing approach.
69) A learning approach to teach cross-cultural fluency that involves raising affective responses by the trainer to elicit cultural insightsis called _____. A) B) C) D) E)
70)
behavioral/experiential approach. affective approach. information-giving approach. Lemple-Huffman Approach. cross-cultural sharing approach.
Extreme weather conditions belong to which of the following major factor categories?
Version 1
17
A) B) C) D) E)
71)
Legal/political factors Security factors Geography factors Economic factors Infrastructure factors
Inflation belongs to which of the following major factor categories? A) B) C) D) E)
Legal/political factors Security factors Geography factors Economic factors Infrastructure factors
72) Customs, values, and philosophies belong to which of the following major factor categories? A) B) C) D) E)
Legal/political factors Culture factors Geography factors Economic factors Infrastructure factors
73) The degree to which local regulations favor local workers and suppliers is an example of the environmental factor termed __________. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
legal/political security geography culture infrastructure
18
74) The need to hire tribal bodyguards in such places as Angola and Uzbekistan is an example of the environmental factor termed __________. A) B) C) D) E)
legal/political security geography economic infrastructure
75) Construction projects in Southeast Asia having to accommodate the monsoon season when rainfall can be as high as 50 inches per month is an example of the environmental factor termed __________. A) B) C) D) E)
legal/political culture geography economic infrastructure
76) Bartering is a form of compensation that is still used by some countries and organizations and is an example of the__________ environmental factor. A) B) C) D) E)
culture security geography economic infrastructure
77) A project that depends upon a high ratio of vendor suppliers, good roads, and other transportation modes, such as air and seaports is an example of the__________ environmental factor.
Version 1
19
A) B) C) D) E)
legal/political security culture economic infrastructure
78) The requirement for women to cover head, arms, and legs and to be accompanied by another woman or man is an example of the environmental factor termed __________. A) B) C) D) E)
legal/political security culture economic infrastructure
79) __________ is a system of shared norms, beliefs, values, and customs that bind people together, creating shared meaning and a unique identity. A) B) C) D) E)
Legal/political Security Culture Economic Infrastructure
80) One approach for the project manager to digest, clarify and understand the factors leading to the selection of a specific international project is to use a__________ matrix. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
risk responsibility assignment weak balanced strong
20
81) While Americans are generally taught not to do business with __________, Mexicans and other Latin Americans are taught to do business with no one but __________. A) B) C) D) E)
foreigners, foreigners friends, friends strangers, strangers people you don’t know, people you don’t know foreigners, relatives
82) When you start your overseas assignment with a sense of excitement, you are in the __________ stage of culture shock. A) B) C) D) E) F) G)
honeymoon irritability and hostility gradual adjustment adaptation forming adaptation forming
83) When your initial enthusiasm is exhausted, and you begin to notice that differences are greater than you first imagined, you are in the__________ stage of culture shock. A) B) C) D) E)
honeymoon irritability and hostility gradual adjustment adaptation fully conformed
84) When you start to overcome your sense of isolation and begin to acquire a new perspective of what is possible, you are in the__________ stage of culture shock.
Version 1
21
A) B) C) D) E)
honeymoon irritability and hostility gradual adjustment adaptation fully conformed
85) When you have recovered from your sense of psychological disorientation and begin to function and communicate in the new culture, you are in the__________ stage of culture shock. A) B) C) D) E)
honeymoon irritability and hostility gradual adjustment adaptation fully conformed
86) Two of the biggest adjustments Americans typically have to make in working abroad are adapting to the general__________ and the __________. A) B) C) D) E)
culture, way Americans are perceived way Americans are perceived, culture pace of life, way Americans are perceived pace of life, punctuality of people way Americans are perceived, pace of life
87) In an effort to manage the stress of coping with culture shock, one can create a__________ zone or an environment that closely relates to home. A) B) C) D) E)
Version 1
simulated home-like familiar cultural common culture stability
22
88) Communication, transportation, power, technology, and education systems are part of a country’s __________. A) B) C) D) E)
culture infrastructure economic factors geography security
89) Americans tend to be impersonal and practical when making arguments;__________ can be very passionate and emotional when arguing. A) B) C) D) E)
Mexicans Germans French British Canadian
90) The__________ tend to be less animated than Americans. They avoid open displays of affection and physical contact. A) B) C) D) E)
Saudis Chinese Irish British Italians
91) __________tend to idolize the self-made person who rises from poverty and adversity to become rich and successful.
Version 1
23
A) B) C) D) E)
Saudis Chinese Irish Americans Italians
92) The natural psychological disorientation that most people suffer when they move into a different culture than their own is called __________. A) B) C) D) E)
cultural acclimation cultural confrontation culture shock cultural encounter cultural comprehension
93) When interacting with __________ businesspeople, pay close attention to your own professional appearance and make an effort to appear cultured and sophisticated. A) B) C) D) E)
Mexicans Chinese French British Canadian
94) In __________, it is an associated cultural belief that destiny depends more on the will of a supreme being than on the behavior of individuals. A higher power dictates the outcome of important events, so individual action is of little consequence.
Version 1
24
A) B) C) D) E)
Saudi Arabia America United Kingdom Italy Brazil
SHORT ANSWER. Write the word or phrase that best completes each statement or answers the question. 95) Apply the Kluckhohn-Strodtbeck cross-cultural framework to the four countries (China, France, Saudi Arabia and Mexico) discussed in this chapter. Where do you think these countries lie on each of the cultural issues?
96) Identify and briefly describe four of the six environmental factors affecting international projects.
97)
What role does an intermediary play in assisting international project managers?
98)
What are ways an international project manager can cope with culture shock?
Version 1
25
99) What is a stability zone? Why is it important? Provide an example of a stability zone that you might create.
100) Many firms have developed formal screening procedures to help ensure the careful selection of personnel for international projects. What are four characteristics that organizations might use to determine whether an individual is suitable for overseas work?
101) In the event of foreign business travel, what are some areas that you would need a minimal understanding of before you left?
102)
What is a guideline/caution when working with Americans on projects?
103)
Identify and briefly describe the four stages of culture shock.
104)
What is a guideline/caution when working with Mexicans on projects?
Version 1
26
105)
What is a guideline/caution when working with the French on projects?
106)
What is a guideline/caution when working with the Chinese on projects?
107)
What is a guideline/caution when working with Saudi Arabians on projects?
Version 1
27
Answer Key Test name: Chap 16_8e 1) FALSE 2) FALSE 3) TRUE 4) FALSE 5) FALSE 6) TRUE 7) TRUE 8) TRUE 9) TRUE 10) TRUE 11) TRUE 12) TRUE 13) FALSE 14) TRUE 15) FALSE 16) TRUE 17) FALSE 18) TRUE 19) FALSE 20) TRUE 21) TRUE 22) FALSE 23) TRUE 24) TRUE 25) TRUE 26) TRUE Version 1
28
27) E 28) A 29) E 30) C 31) E 32) B 33) C 34) A 35) D 36) C 37) E 38) B 39) C 40) A 41) D 42) B 43) B 44) A 45) C 46) D 47) C 48) A 49) B 50) C 51) D 52) A 53) B 54) A 55) B 56) D Version 1
29
57) A 58) C 59) E 60) E 61) A 62) D 63) B 64) C 65) E 66) D 67) C 68) A 69) B 70) C 71) D 72) B 73) A 74) B 75) C 76) D 77) E 78) C 79) C 80) A 81) B 82) A 83) B 84) C 85) D 86) D Version 1
30
87) E 88) B 89) A 90) B 91) D 92) C 93) C 94) A 95) The four countries discussed were Mexico, France, Saudi Arabia, and China. In the Kluckhohn-Strodtbeck cross-cultural framework there are four cultural issues—Relationship to nature, Time orientation, Activity orientation, Nature of people, Relationships among people. The following table is a possible characterization. Cultural Issue Relationship to Nature Time Orientation Activity Orientation Nature of People Relationships Among People
China ? Past ? ? Group
France Domination Past Controlling Mixed Hierarchical
Saudi Arabia Subjugation Present Being Good Group
Mexico ? Present Being Mixed Group
Students may question the Controlling orientation of the French and argue that Being is more appropriate. This is certainly consistent with the limited briefing in the text. However, closer examination of the international management literature indicates that French managers tend to treat problems as complex, intellectual exercises and are pre-occupied with the accuracy of information and how different parts of business interact to produce outcomes. This question can be used to explore reasons behind cultural variations and how different the American culture is compared to the rest of the world. Version 1
31
96) (1) Legal/Political: laws and regulations in host country, government corruption and political stability; (2) Security: the capacity of a country's military and police forces to prevent and respond to attacks; (3) Geography: the unique characteristics of the geography of that country; (4) Economic: GDP, labor supply, bartering, inflation; (5) Infrastructure: communication, transportation, power, technology and education systems; (6) Culture: customs, values, philosophies, and social standards of the host country. 97) It is common practice for project managers to rely on intermediaries to bridge the gap between cultures. They can act as translators and cultural guides and can provide social connections. 98) There are a wide range of stress management techniques for coping with culture shock. Some people engage in regular exercise, some practice meditation and relaxation exercises, and others keep a journal. It is also important to redefine priorities and develop realistic expectations as to what is possible. Creating stability zones is also an effective way to cope with culture shock. 99) A stability zone is an environment that closely recreates home. It is an effective method for dealing with culture shock. 100) They may look for work experience with cultures other than one's own, previous overseas travel, good physical and emotional health, knowledge of a host nation's language, and even recent immigration background or heritage. 101) Religion, dress codes, education system, holidays, daily eating patterns, family life, business protocols, social etiquette, and questions of equal opportunity. 102) (1) Influence of women professionals; (2) No business gifts; (3) Friendly and open when first meeting; (4) A noncontact culture; (5) Results-oriented decision making.
Version 1
32
103) (1) Honeymoon-start with excitement, the new and unusual are welcomed; (2) Irritability and hostility-begin to notice greater differences, frustration sets in; (3) Gradual adjustment-overcome sense of isolation and figure out how to get things done; (4) Adaptationrecover from psychological disorientation and begin to function and communicate in new culture. 104) They tend to be passionate and emotional when arguing; meetings ratify what was agreed to in private; avoid direct confrontation or criticism; they value managers who treat them in a friendly and dignified manner; titles are extremely important. 105) They value punctuality, neatness and taste is very important; it can be difficult to negotiate with them; work is an intellectual exercise; they view managers as experts. 106) They are slow in formulating a plan but can make good progress once one is made; reciprocity is important to them in negotiations that are less animated and avoid open displays and physical contact; they place less significance on time; they feel obligated to assist the disadvantaged. 107) They never display feelings of superiority; they heavily use administrative channels; connections are very important to them; patience is critical; it is important that decisions are made in person.
Version 1
33